1 ( ) 1 , $ 3 3 / ( +
5HOHDVH %
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK
6$3 $*
&RS\ULJKW
Copyright 1998 SAP AG. All rights reserved. No part of this brochure may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP AG. The information contained herein may be changed without prior notice. SAP AG further does not warrant the accuracy or completeness of the information, text, graphics, links, or other items contained within these materials. SAP AG shall not be liable for any special, indirect, incidental, or consequential damages, including without limitation, lost revenues or lost profits, which may result from the use of these materials. The information in this documentation is subject to change without notice and does not represent a commitment on the part of SAP AG for the future. Some software products marketed by SAP AG and its distributors contain proprietary software components of other software vendors. Microsoft, WINDOWS, NT, EXCEL and SQL-Server are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. IBM, DB2, OS/2, DB2/6000, Parallel Sysplex, MVS/ESA, RS/6000, AIX, S/390, AS/400, OS/390, and OS/400 are registered trademarks of IBM Corporation. OSF/Motif is a registered trademark of Open Software Foundation. ORACLE is a registered trademark of ORACLE Corporation, California, USA. INFORMIX-OnLine IRU 6$3 is a registered trademark of Informix Software Incorporated. UNIX and X/Open are registered trademarks of SCO Santa Cruz Operation. ADABAS is a registered trademark of Software AG. SAP, R/2, R/3, RIVA, ABAP/4, SAP ArchiveLink, SAPaccess, SAPmail, SAPoffice, SAP-EDI, R/3 Retail, SAP EarlyWatch, SAP Business Workflow, ALE/WEB, Team SAP, BAPI, Management Cockpit are registered or unregistered trademarks of SAP AG.
,FRQV
,FRQ 0HDQLQJ Caution Example
Note
-XQH
6$3 $*
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK
&RQWHQWV
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK
3$ 3HUVRQQHO 0DQDJHPHQW 3$ 5& 5HFUXLWPHQW Applicant Actions (Infotype 4000)............................................................................................. 15 Applications (Infotype 4001) ..................................................................................................... 16 Vacancy Assignment (Infotype 4002)....................................................................................... 17 Applicant Activities (Infotype 4003) .......................................................................................... 18 Applicants Personnel Number (Infotype 4005)........................................................................ 19 Employees Applicant Number (Infotype 0139) ........................................................................ 20 Status of Actions (Infotype 4004) ............................................................................................. 21 %& 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO 0DQDJHPHQW The Object Infotype (1000)....................................................................................................... 23 The Relationship Infotype (1001) ............................................................................................. 24 The Description Infotype (1002) ............................................................................................... 26 The Department/Staff Infotype (1003)...................................................................................... 27 The Character Infotype (1004) ................................................................................................. 28 The Restrictions Infotype (1006) .............................................................................................. 29 The Vacancy Infotype (1007) ................................................................................................... 30 The Account Assignment Features Infotype (1008) ................................................................. 31 The Health Examinations Infotype (1009) ................................................................................ 33 The Authorities and Resources Infotype (1010)....................................................................... 34 The Work Schedule Infotype (1011)......................................................................................... 35 The Employee Group/Subgroup Infotype (1013) ..................................................................... 37 The Obsolete Infotype (1014)................................................................................................... 38 The Cost Planning Infotype (1015)........................................................................................... 39 The Standard Profiles Infotype (1016) ..................................................................................... 41 The Site Dependent Info Infotype (1027) ................................................................................. 43 The Address Infotype (1028) .................................................................................................... 44 The Mail Address Infotype (1032) ............................................................................................ 45 The Sales Area Infotype (1037) ............................................................................................... 46 The Shift Group Infotype (1039) ............................................................................................... 47 The Override Requirement Infotype (1040).............................................................................. 48 The SAP Organizational Object Infotype (1208) ...................................................................... 49 37 3HUVRQQHO 7LPH 0DQDJHPHQW 6KLIW 3ODQQLQJ About the Shift Group Infotype (1039)...................................................................................... 52 7LPH 'DWD 5HFRUGLQJ DQG 0DQDJHPHQW Absences (Infotype 2001)......................................................................................................... 54 Attendances (Infotype 2002) .................................................................................................... 56 Substitutions (Infotype 2003).................................................................................................... 58 Availability (Infotype 2004) ....................................................................................................... 61 Overtime (Infotype 2005).......................................................................................................... 63 Employee Remuneration Info (Infotype 2010).......................................................................... 65 Time Events (Infotype 2011) .................................................................................................... 66 Time Balance Revisions (Infotype 2012).................................................................................. 67 4XRWDV
-XQH
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK
6$3 $*
Absence Quotas (Infotype 2006).............................................................................................. 70 Attendance Quotas (Infotype 2007) ......................................................................................... 71 Quota Corrections (Infotype 2013) ........................................................................................... 72 Leave Entitlement (Infotype 0005) ........................................................................................... 73 Leave Compensation (Infotype 0083) ...................................................................................... 74 7LPH 0DQDJHPHQW 0DVWHU Organizational Assignment (Infotype 0001) ............................................................................. 76 Personal Data (Infotype 0002) ................................................................................................. 77 Payroll Status (Infotype 0003) .................................................................................................. 78 Planned Working Time (Infotype 0007).................................................................................... 79 Time Recording Info (Infotype 0050)........................................................................................ 80 6SHFLDO $EVHQFHV Maternity Protection (Infotype 0080) ........................................................................................ 82 Military Service (Infotype 0081) ................................................................................................ 83 3HUVRQQHO $GPLQLVWUDWLRQ DQG 3D\UROO $FFRXQWLQJ $XVWUDOLD Personal data (Australia) .......................................................................................................... 86 Events (Australia) ..................................................................................................................... 87 Organizational data (Australia) ................................................................................................. 88 Contractual and corporate agreements (Australia) .................................................................. 89 Payroll data (Australia) ............................................................................................................. 90 Evaluation basis (Australia) ...................................................................................................... 91 Authorization management (Australia) ..................................................................................... 92 %HOJLXP Personal data (Belgium) ........................................................................................................... 94 Events (Belgium) ...................................................................................................................... 95 Organizational data (Belgium).................................................................................................. 96 Contractual and corporate agreements (Belgium) ................................................................... 97 Payroll data (Belgium) .............................................................................................................. 98 Evaluation basis (Belgium) ....................................................................................................... 99 Authorization management (Belgium) .................................................................................... 100 &DQDGD Personal data (Canada) ......................................................................................................... 102 Events (Canada)..................................................................................................................... 103 Organizational data (Canada) ................................................................................................ 104 Contractual and corporate agreements (Canada).................................................................. 105 Payroll data (Canada)............................................................................................................. 106 Evaluation basis (Canada) ..................................................................................................... 108 Benefits Administration (Canada)........................................................................................... 109 Authorization management (Canada) .................................................................................... 110 'HQPDUN Personal data (Denmark) ....................................................................................................... 112 Events (Denmark)................................................................................................................... 113 Organizational data (Denmark) .............................................................................................. 114 Contractual and corporate agreements (Denmark)................................................................ 115 Payroll data (Denmark) .......................................................................................................... 116 Evaluation basis (Denmark) ................................................................................................... 117 Authorization management (Denmark) .................................................................................. 118 )UDQFH Personal data (France)........................................................................................................... 120 Events (France) ...................................................................................................................... 121
-XQH
6$3 $*
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK
Organizational data (France).................................................................................................. 122 Contractual and corporate agreements (France) ................................................................... 123 Payroll data (France) .............................................................................................................. 124 Evaluation basis (France)....................................................................................................... 125 Authorization management (France)...................................................................................... 126 *UHDW %ULWDLQ Personal data (Great Britain).................................................................................................. 128 Events (Great Britain) ............................................................................................................. 129 Organizational data (Great Britain)......................................................................................... 130 Contractual and corporate agreements (Great Britain) .......................................................... 131 Payroll data (Great Britain) ..................................................................................................... 132 Evaluation basis (Great Britain).............................................................................................. 133 Authorization management (Great Britain)............................................................................. 134 ,QGRQHVLD Personal Data (Indonesia)...................................................................................................... 136 Organizational data (Indonesia) ............................................................................................. 137 Contractual and corporate agreements (Indonesia)............................................................... 138 Payroll data (Indonesia).......................................................................................................... 139 Evaluation basis (Indonesia) .................................................................................................. 140 Authorization management (Indonesia) ................................................................................. 141 -DSDQ Personal data (Japan) ............................................................................................................ 143 Events (Japan) ....................................................................................................................... 144 Organizational data (Japan) ................................................................................................... 145 Contractual and corporate agreements (Japan) .................................................................... 146 Payroll data (Japan) ............................................................................................................... 147 Evaluation basis (Japan) ........................................................................................................ 148 Authorization management (Japan) ....................................................................................... 149 0H[LFR Personal data (Mexico)........................................................................................................... 151 Events (Mexico)...................................................................................................................... 152 Organizational data (Mexico) ................................................................................................. 153 Contractual and corporate agreements (Mexico) ................................................................... 154 Payroll data (Mexico).............................................................................................................. 155 Evaluation basis (Mexico)....................................................................................................... 156 Authorization management (Mexico)...................................................................................... 157 6LQJDSRUH Personal data (Singapore)...................................................................................................... 159 Events (Singapore)................................................................................................................. 160 Organizational data (Singapore) ............................................................................................ 161 Contractual and corporate agreements (Singapore).............................................................. 162 Payroll data (Singapore)......................................................................................................... 163 Evaluation basis (Singapore) ................................................................................................. 164 Authorization management (Singapore)................................................................................. 165 6RXWK $IULFD Personal data (South Africa) .................................................................................................. 167 Events (South Africa).............................................................................................................. 168 Organizational data (South Africa) ......................................................................................... 169 Contractual and corporate agreements (South Africa)........................................................... 170 Payroll data (South Africa) ..................................................................................................... 171 Evaluation basis (South Africa) .............................................................................................. 172 Authorization management (South Africa) ............................................................................. 173
-XQH
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK
6$3 $*
6SDLQ Personal data (Spain)............................................................................................................. 175 Events (Spain) ........................................................................................................................ 176 Organizational data (Spain).................................................................................................... 177 Contractual and corporate agreements (Spain) ..................................................................... 178 Payroll data (Spain) ................................................................................................................ 179 Evaluation basis (Spain)......................................................................................................... 180 Authorization management (Spain)........................................................................................ 181 6ZLW]HUODQG Personal Data (Switzerland)................................................................................................... 183 Event (Switzerland) ................................................................................................................ 184 Organizational Data (Switzerland).......................................................................................... 185 Contractual and Corporate Agreements (Switzerland) .......................................................... 186 Payroll data (Switzerland)....................................................................................................... 187 Evaluation Basis (Switzerland) ............................................................................................... 188 Authorization management (Switzerland) .............................................................................. 189 7KH 1HWKHUODQGV Personal Data (The Netherlands)........................................................................................... 191 Events (The Netherlands)....................................................................................................... 192 Organizational Data (The Netherlands).................................................................................. 193 Contractual and Corporate Agreements (The Netherlands) .................................................. 194 Payroll Accounting (The Netherlands).................................................................................... 195 Evaluation Basis (The Netherlands)....................................................................................... 196 Authorization management (The Netherlands) ...................................................................... 197 8QLWHG 6WDWHV RI $PHULFD Personal data (USA)............................................................................................................... 199 Events (USA) .......................................................................................................................... 200 Organizational data (USA)...................................................................................................... 201 Contractual and corporate agreements (USA) ....................................................................... 202 Payroll data (USA).................................................................................................................. 203 Evaluation basis (USA)........................................................................................................... 205 Benefits Administration (USA) ................................................................................................ 206 Authorization management (USA).......................................................................................... 207 2WKHU FRXQWULHV Personal data ......................................................................................................................... 209 Events..................................................................................................................................... 210 Organizational data ................................................................................................................ 211 Contractual and corporate agreements.................................................................................. 212 Payroll data............................................................................................................................. 213 Evaluation basis ..................................................................................................................... 214 Authorization management .................................................................................................... 215 ,QIRW\SHV 3D\UROO $FFRXQWLQJ DQG 0DVWHU 'DWD LQ DOSKDEHWLFDO RUGHU ASB / SPI Data (Infotype 0051).............................................................................................. 217 ATP Pension (Infotype 0075) ................................................................................................. 218 Absence Quotas (Infotype 2006)............................................................................................ 219 Absences (Infotype 2001)....................................................................................................... 220 Additional Deduction............................................................................................................... 222 Additional Funds (Infotype 0181) ........................................................................................... 223 Additional Income (Infotype 0090).......................................................................................... 224 Additional Organizational Assignment (Infotype 0039) .......................................................... 225 Additional Payments (Infotype 0015) ..................................................................................... 226 Additional Personal Data (Infotype 0077)............................................................................... 227
-XQH
6$3 $*
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK
Additional Personal Data Singapore (Infotype 0077) ............................................................. 228 Additional Voluntary Contributions (AVCs)............................................................................. 229 Additional Withholding Information (Infotype 0234) ............................................................... 230 Addresses (Infotype 0006) ..................................................................................................... 231 Alternative Names (Infotype 0182)......................................................................................... 232 Annual Income Child Allowance (Infotype 0119) ................................................................... 233 Applicant Events (Infotype 4000) ........................................................................................... 234 Applicants Personnel Number (Infotype 4005)...................................................................... 235 Applications (Infotype 4001) ................................................................................................... 236 Appraisals (Infotype 0025)...................................................................................................... 237 Assignment of EEO and AAP Categories to Jobs (PD Infotype 1610) .................................. 238 Assignment of Workers Compensation Codes to Organizational Units (PD Infotype 1612) ................................................................................................................ 239 Assignment of Workers Compensation Codes to Positions (PD Infotype 1613)................... 240 Attendance Quotas (Infotype 2007) ....................................................................................... 241 Attendances (Infotype 2002) .................................................................................................. 242 Availability (Infotype 2004) ..................................................................................................... 244 Awards (Infotype 0183) .......................................................................................................... 246 Bank Details (Infotype 0009) .................................................................................................. 247 Bank Details (Infotype 0009): National Features The Netherlands........................................ 248 Basic Pay (Infotype 0008) ...................................................................................................... 249 Basic Pay (Infotype 0008): National Features Germany........................................................ 250 Basic Pay (Infotype 0008): National Features Spain ............................................................. 251 Bond denominations (Infotype 0104) ..................................................................................... 252 Bond purchases (Infotype 0103) ............................................................................................ 253 COBRA qualified beneficiary (Infotype 0211)......................................................................... 254 Calculate End date ................................................................................................................. 255 Capital Formation (Infotype 0010).......................................................................................... 256 Central Provident Fund (Infotype 0186) ................................................................................. 257 Challenge (Infotype 0004) ...................................................................................................... 258 Child Allowance (Infotype 0232)............................................................................................. 259 Child Allowance Bonus (Infotype 0122) ................................................................................. 260 Child Allowance Civil Service (Infotype 0118)........................................................................ 261 Communication (Infotype 0105) ............................................................................................. 262 Commuter Lump Sum A (Infotype 0058)................................................................................ 264 Commuter Traffic (Infotype 0127) .......................................................................................... 265 Company Instructions (Infotype 0035) ................................................................................... 267 Company Insurance (Infotype 0026) ...................................................................................... 268 Company Loans (Infotype 0045) ............................................................................................ 269 Company Loans (Infotype 0045): National features Mexico .................................................. 271 Company Pension (Infotype 0053)......................................................................................... 272 Company Pension Fund (Infotype 0046)................................................................................ 273 Company Pension Fund Transactions (Infotype 0120).......................................................... 274 Company car (Infotype 0222) ................................................................................................. 275 Company car unavailability (Infotype 0225) ........................................................................... 277 Contract Elements (Infotype 0016)......................................................................................... 278 Contract Elements Belgium (Infotype 0109)........................................................................... 279 Corporate Function (Infotype 0034) ....................................................................................... 280 Cost Distribution (Infotype 0027) ............................................................................................ 281 Court Orders (Infotype 0070).................................................................................................. 282 Credit plans (Infotype 0236) ................................................................................................... 283 DUEVO (Infotype 0020).......................................................................................................... 284 DUEVO Start (0341)............................................................................................................... 285
-XQH
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK
6$3 $*
Date Specifications (Infotype 0041) ....................................................................................... 286 Education (Infotype 0022) ...................................................................................................... 287 Education (Infotype 0022): National Features Japan............................................................. 288 Employee Remuneration Info (Infotype 2010)........................................................................ 289 Employees Applicant Number (Infotype 0139) ...................................................................... 290 Events (Infotype 0000) ........................................................................................................... 291 External Bank Transfers (Infotype 0011)................................................................................ 293 External Bank Transfers (Infotype 0011): National Features The Netherlands ..................... 294 External Insurance/Memberships (Infotype 0151) ................................................................. 295 External organization (Infotype 0219) .................................................................................... 297 Family / Related Person (Infotype 0021)................................................................................ 298 Family / Related Person (Infotype 0021): National Features USA......................................... 299 Family / Related Person (Infotype 0021): National Features Switzerland ............................. 300 Family / Related Person (Infotype 0021): National Features Austria..................................... 301 Family / Related Person (Infotype 0021): National Features Canada ................................... 302 Family / Related Person (Infotype 0021): National Features The Netherlands ..................... 303 Family / Related Person (Infotype 0021): National Features Germany ................................. 304 Family / Related Person (Infotype 0021): National Features Belgium ................................... 305 Family / Related Person (Infotype 0021): National Features Indonesia ................................ 306 Family / Related Person Belgium (Infotype 0138).................................................................. 307 Family Allowance A (Infotype 0043)....................................................................................... 308 Family Information (Infotype 0148)......................................................................................... 310 Fiscal Data (Infotype 0038) .................................................................................................... 312 Fiscal Data (Infotype 0060) .................................................................................................... 313 Fiscal Data (Infotype 0062) .................................................................................................... 317 Fiscal Data A (Infotype 0042) ................................................................................................. 318 Flat rate pension scheme ....................................................................................................... 319 Garnishment / Cession A (Infotype 0131) .............................................................................. 320 Garnishment Adjustment (Infotype 0216)............................................................................... 322 Garnishment Amount A (Infotype 0134)................................................................................. 323 Garnishment Claim A (Infotype 0132) .................................................................................... 324 Garnishment Compensation A (Infotype 0137) ...................................................................... 325 Garnishment Document (Infotype 0194) ................................................................................ 326 Garnishment Interest A (Infotype 0133) ................................................................................. 328 Garnishment Order (Infotype 0195) ....................................................................................... 329 Garnishment Transfer A (Infotype 0136)................................................................................ 331 Garnishments (Infotype 0125) ................................................................................................ 332 Garnishments: Compensation (Infotype 0117)....................................................................... 333 Garnishments: Garnishment / Cession (Infotype 0111) ......................................................... 334 Garnishments: Garnishment Amount (Infotype 0114)............................................................ 335 Garnishments: Garnishment Repayments (Infotype 0112).................................................... 336 Garnishments: Interest (Infotype 0113).................................................................................. 337 Garnishments: Transfer (Infotype 0116) ................................................................................ 338 Garnishments: Wages (Infotype 0115)................................................................................... 339 General benefits data (Infotype 0171).................................................................................... 340 Health plans (Infotype 0167) .................................................................................................. 341 ID Data (Infotype 0185) .......................................................................................................... 342 ID Data (Infotype 0185) .......................................................................................................... 343 IMSS (Infotype 0369).............................................................................................................. 344 INFONAVIT (Infotype 0370) ................................................................................................... 345 IRS Limits (Infotype 0161) ...................................................................................................... 346 Insurance (Infotype 0037)....................................................................................................... 347 Insurance plans (Infotype 0168) ............................................................................................. 348
-XQH
6$3 $*
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK
Internal Control (Infotype 0032).............................................................................................. 349 Internal Medical Service (Infotype 0028)................................................................................ 350 Jamsostek (Infotype 0242) ..................................................................................................... 352 Leave Compensation (Infotype 0083) .................................................................................... 353 Leave Entitlement (Infotype 0005) ......................................................................................... 354 Leave Maintenance (Infotype 0261)....................................................................................... 355 Life and Injury Insurance Information (Infotype 0143)............................................................ 356 Limits Deductions (Infotype 0165).......................................................................................... 357 Loan Payments (Infotype 0078) ............................................................................................. 358 Maternity Protection (Infotype 0080) ...................................................................................... 359 Membership Fees (Infotype 0057) ......................................................................................... 360 Membership Fees (Infotype 0057): National Features Spain................................................. 361 Military Service (Infotype 0081) .............................................................................................. 362 Mixed value pension scheme ................................................................................................. 363 Monitoring of Dates (Infotype 0019) ....................................................................................... 364 Mutual Indemnity Society (Infotype 0029) .............................................................................. 366 National Insurance (Infotype 0069) ........................................................................................ 367 New Balance .......................................................................................................................... 369 Notifications (Infotype 0128)................................................................................................... 370 Objects on Loan (Infotype 0040) ............................................................................................ 372 Organizational Assignment (Infotype 0001) ........................................................................... 373 Organizational Assignment (Infotype 0001): Recruitment...................................................... 374 Other Taxes (Infotype 0235) .................................................................................................. 375 Overtime (Infotype 2005)........................................................................................................ 376 Payroll Status (Infotype 0003) ................................................................................................ 378 Pensions (Infotype 0110)........................................................................................................ 379 Pensions Administration (Infotype 0071)................................................................................ 380 Percentage pension scheme.................................................................................................. 381 Personal Appraisals Information (Infotype 0147) ................................................................... 382 Personal Data (Infotype 0002) ............................................................................................... 384 Personal Data (Infotype 0002): National Features Indonesia ................................................ 385 Personal Data (Infotype 0002): National Features The Netherlands ..................................... 386 Personal Data Belgium (Infotype 0108) ................................................................................. 387 Personnel Tax Status Information (Infotype 0145)................................................................. 388 Planned Working Time (Infotype 0007).................................................................................. 390 Powers of Attorney (Infotype 0030)........................................................................................ 391 Premium Reduction (Infotype 0303)....................................................................................... 392 Previous Employer (Infotype 0093) ........................................................................................ 394 Previous Employer A (Infotype 0055)..................................................................................... 395 Previous Employment (Infotype 0023) ................................................................................... 396 Private Insurance (Infotype 0319) .......................................................................................... 397 Private Pension (Infotype 0073) ............................................................................................. 398 Profit Sharing (Infotype 0098) ................................................................................................ 399 Property Accumulation Savings Information (Infotype 0144) ................................................. 400 Qualifications (Infotype 0024)................................................................................................. 401 Recurring Payments and Deductions (Infotype 0014) ........................................................... 402 Recurring Payments and Deductions (Infotype 0014): National Features for the USA ......... 403 Recurring Payments and Deductions (Infotype 0014): National Features for Canada .......... 404 Recurring Payments and Deductions (Infotype 0014): National Features for Indonesia....... 405 Reduced Hours / Bad Weather Pay (Infotype 0049).............................................................. 406 Reference Personnel Number (Infotype 0031)....................................................................... 407 Reference Personnel Number Priority (Infotype 0121) .......................................................... 408 Refund from a Vendor ............................................................................................................ 411
-XQH
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK
6$3 $*
Residence Status (Infotype 0048) .......................................................................................... 412 Residence Status (Infotype 0094) .......................................................................................... 413 Residence Tax Area (Infotype 0207)...................................................................................... 414 Residence Tax Information (Infotype 0142) ........................................................................... 415 Resume Texts (Infotype 0184) ............................................................................................... 416 SI Additional Insurance (Infotype 0079) ................................................................................. 417 SI Additional Notifications A (Infotype (0367)......................................................................... 418 SMP Record (Infotype 0088) .................................................................................................. 419 SMP/SSP Exclusions (Infotype 0086) .................................................................................... 420 SSP Control (Infotype 0084) .................................................................................................. 421 SSP PIW Record (Infotype 0085)........................................................................................... 422 Savings plans (Infotype 0169) ................................................................................................ 423 Seniority (Infotype 0092) ........................................................................................................ 424 Separate Calculation .............................................................................................................. 425 Sickness Certificates A (Infotype 0056) ................................................................................. 426 Social Insuance (Infotype 0036) ............................................................................................. 428 Social Insurance (Infotype 0013)............................................................................................ 429 Social Insurance (Infotype 0059)............................................................................................ 430 Social Insurance (Infotype 0061)............................................................................................ 433 Social Insurance (Infotype 0064)............................................................................................ 435 Social Insurance (Infotype 0100)............................................................................................ 436 Social Insurance (Infotype 0150)............................................................................................ 437 Social Insurance A (Infotype 0044) ........................................................................................ 438 Social Insurance Basic Data Information (Infotype 0140) ...................................................... 439 Social Insurance Funds (Infotype 0063)................................................................................. 441 Social Insurance Premium Data Information (Infotype 0141) ................................................ 442 Special Garnishment Condition A (Infotype 0135) ................................................................. 444 Special Provisions (Infotype 0317)......................................................................................... 445 Spending accounts (Infotype 0170)........................................................................................ 447 Statistics (Infotype 0033) ........................................................................................................ 448 Status of Actions (Infotype 4004) ........................................................................................... 450 Stopped Payment ................................................................................................................... 451 Substitutions (Infotype 2003).................................................................................................. 452 Superannuation (Infotype 0220) ............................................................................................. 455 Supplementary Benefits (Infotype 0126) ................................................................................ 456 Tax (Infotype 0065) ................................................................................................................ 457 Tax (Infotype 0072) ................................................................................................................ 458 Tax (Infotype 0101) ................................................................................................................ 459 Tax (Infotype 0179) ................................................................................................................ 461 Tax (Infotype 0188) ................................................................................................................ 462 Tax (Infotype 0241) ................................................................................................................ 465 Tax Data (Infotype 0012)........................................................................................................ 466 Tax File Number (Infotype 0227)............................................................................................ 467 Taxes (Infotype 0149)............................................................................................................. 468 Test Procedures (Infotype 0130) ............................................................................................ 469 Time Balance Revisions (Infotype 2012)................................................................................ 470 Time Events (Infotype 2011) .................................................................................................. 472 Time Recording Info (Infotype 0050)...................................................................................... 473 Travel Privileges (Infotype 0017)............................................................................................ 474 Unemployment State (Infotype 0209)..................................................................................... 475 Vacancy Assignment (Infotype 4002)..................................................................................... 476 Vacation / SH (Infotype 0074) ................................................................................................ 477 WBEAA (Infotype 0177) ......................................................................................................... 478
-XQH
6$3 $*
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK
Wage Maintenance (Infotype 0052) ....................................................................................... 479 Withholding Information (Infotype 0210) ................................................................................ 480 Work Tax Area (Infotype 0208) .............................................................................................. 481 Workers Compensation (Infotype 0076)................................................................................ 482 Working Time Belgium (Infotype 0107) .................................................................................. 483 Works Council Pay (Infotype 0054)........................................................................................ 484 Y. E. A. Information (Infotype 0146) ....................................................................................... 485 Y. E. T. A. Information (Infotype 0162)................................................................................... 486 3( 7UDLQLQJ DQG (YHQW 0DQDJHPHQW 3ULFHV ,QIRW\SH $YDLODELOLW\ ,QGLFDWRUV ,QIRW\SH &DSDFLW\ ,QIRW\SH %XVLQHVV (YHQW ,QIR ,QIRW\SH 6LWH'HSHQGHQW ,QIR ,QIRW\SH $GGUHVV ,QIRW\SH %XVLQHVV (YHQW 7\SH ,QIR ,QIRW\SH 3URFHGXUH ,QIRW\SH 0DLO $GGUHVV ,QIRW\SH 1DPH )RUPDW ,QIRW\SH 6FKHGXOH ,QIRW\SH &RVWV ,QIRW\SH %LOOLQJ$OORFDWLRQ ,QIR ,QIRW\SH %XVLQHVV (YHQW %ORFNV ,QIRW\SH 6FKHGXOH 0RGHO ,QIRW\SH
-XQH
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK
6$3 $*
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK
-XQH
6$3 $*
3$ 3HUVRQQHO 0DQDJHPHQW
-XQH
6$3 $*
3$ 5& 5HFUXLWPHQW
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
The most important piece of information contained in this infotype is the applicants overall status (e.g. SURFHVVLQJ, RQ KROG, UHMHFWHG). This depends on the last action performed for the applicant. If, for example, the action type 3XW DSSOLFDQW RQ KROG is performed, the applicant is assigned the overall status RQ KROG In the standard SAP system, a new record is created in the $SSOLFDQW $FWLRQV infotype (4000) for every action type performed for an applicant. In addition to data on the action type that was performed, the $SSOLFDQW $FWLRQV infotype (4000) also contains information on whether or not an applicant has been recommended by an employee (reference employee). If this is the case, you can store the name of the reference employee in a text not used in evaluations. The time constraint for this infotype is 1.
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
A new data record of the $SSOLFDWLRQV infotype (4001) is created for every application received from an applicant. Each record is linked to a specific point in time, that is, the start and end date of the record contain the date on which the application was received. The time constraint for this infotype is 3.
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
Assign the applicant to a vacancy. The applicant will then be included in the selection procedure for this vacancy. The status of the applicants vacancy assignment shows where the applicant is in the selection procedure. You can assign one applicant to the selection procedures for several vacancies. If you do this, you have to assign different priorities to the vacancy assignments. There must also be a vacancy assignment status for each assignment for the applicant. The time constraint for this infotype is 2.
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
Activities carried out for an applicant within a selection procedure are entered, logged and planned in the 5HFUXLWPHQW system by means of DSSOLFDQW DFWLYLWLHV. In other words, applicant activities are administrative stages through which an applicant passes during the course of the application procedure. Correspondence with applicants is also handled by means of applicant activities. You can only display applicant activities in applicant master data (you cannot edit them here). To create or change applicant activities, choose $SSOLFDQW DFWLYLW\ 0DLQWDLQ. The time constraint for this infotype is 3.
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
The system enters this number automatically in the corresponding $SSOLFDQWV 3HUVRQQHO 1XPEHU infotype (4005) for all internal applicants. This means that it contains a data record for each internal applicant. The time constraint for this infotype is B.
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
planned actions exist for an applicant recurring tasks, such as Send mail, Print letter, are to be carried out as part of a planned action.
There is one record for this infotype for each applicant in the system. This record is normally created and maintained automatically by the system. The purpose of this infotype is to store data required for executing various reports (e.g. only reports related to recurring tasks).
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
After creating an object with this infotype, you can then describe the characteristics and attributes of the object using the other infotypes available, for example, the 5HODWLRQVKLS (1001) and 'HVFULSWLRQ (1002) infotypes. To create new objects you must: Define a validity period for the object Provide an abbreviation to represent the object Provide a brief description of the object
The validity period you apply to the object automatically limits the validity of any infotype records you append to the object. The validity periods for appended infotype records cannot exceed that of the 2EMHFW infotype. The abbreviation you provide for an object is used to identify the object in later work processes. It is helpful to use easily recognizable abbreviations. You can change abbreviations and descriptions at a later time by editing object infotype records. However, you cannot change an objects validity period in this manner. This must be done using the delimit options. You can also delete the objects you create. However, if you delete an object the system erases all record of the object from the database. You should only delete objects if they are not valid at all (for example, if you create an object accidentally).
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
You indicate that a employee or user holds a position by creating a relationship infotype record between the position and the employee or user. You help identify the organizational structure at your firm by creating relationship infotype records between the different organizational units. You identify the tasks that the holder of a position must perform by creating relationship infotype records between individual tasks and a position. Defining and maintaining relationship infotype records is an essential part of setting up information in 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO 0DQDJHPHQW. Without relationships, all you have are isolated pieces of information. You must decide the types of relationship records you require.
You must manually create relationship records when you work in 'HWDLO 0DLQWHQDQFH. However, when you work in 6LPSOH 0DLQWHQDQFH and 6WUXFWXUDO *UDSKLFV, the system creates certain relationship infotype records.
6WUXFWXUH
There are many types of possible relationships between different objects. Each individual relationship is actually a subtype, or a category, of a relationship. Certain relationships apply only to certain objects. When you create relationship infotype records, you must select a relationship that is suitable for the two objects involved. For example, a relationship that can be applied to two organizational units might not make any sense for a work center and a job.
The RHRELAT0 report (Allowed Relationships of Object Types) documents the relationships that are suitable for different objects. The 5HODWLRQVKLS infotype screen also includes an $OORZ5HODWLRQVKLSV option. When this is chosen, a dialog box displays a list of suitable relationships. 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO 0DQDJHPHQW includes a predefined set of relationships. You can select from these, or you can create other relationships. Refer to the 3HUVRQQHO 3ODQQLQJ DQG 'HYHORSPHQW section of the Implementation Guide. You can create and update numerous relationship records for a single object. One organizational unit might have relationship records with several other organizational units, numerous positions, and a work center.
,QWHJUDWLRQ
-XQH
6$3 $*
There is a benefit to defining relationship infotype records. You can achieve sophisticated reporting effects by focusing a report on certain relationships among objects in an organizational plan. To report on certain relationships between objects, name the relationship construct, or a set of relationships (for example, RUJDQL]DWLRQDO XQLW SRVLWLRQ HPSOR\HH) The relationship construct is called an HYDOXDWLRQ SDWK. The system then traces the different structures in your plan, and reports on all objects that are involved in the named evaluation path. Using relationships records for reporting purposes allows you to target reports on very specific information. This feature is available when you use structural reports or combination reports.
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
You can use this infotype to describe the main areas of responsibility of an organizational unit within your company. A description, for example, is that the manufacturing division handles all areas of material, warehousing and inventory, and packing and distribution. Or, perhaps a particular work center a computer room must be maintained at a specified temperature. You can use this infotype to record such information, if desired. You must categorize the description infotype records you enter by assigning them to a subtype. Description subtypes are user-defined, so the categories used at your company may vary. You can, for example, categorize descriptions as general, environmental, or technical. Refer to the 3HUVRQQHO 3ODQQLQJ DQG 'HYHORSPHQW section of the Implementation Guide. You can maintain numerous 'HVFULSWLRQ infotype records for one object, perhaps a general description record, a technical record, and so on. The records can also be maintained in different languages.
The 'HVFULSWLRQ infotype should QRW be used as a means of entering job or position descriptions. Job and position descriptions consist of a list of tasks the holder of a job or position must perform. Such descriptions are established by creating jobs, positions and tasks, and creating relationship infotype records among these three objects.
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
It is only used when you work with organizational units or positions, for two purposes: 6WDII flag to organizational units and positions A staff flag indicates that an organizational unit or position is not part of the normal reporting structure at your company, but rather reports directly to a high level position, or organizational unit. For example, the secretary of the CEO is not typically part of a companys reporting structure, reporting instead directly to the CEO. Likewise, a companys internal audit department may operate independently from the corporate organizational structure, and report to the CEO office, or Board of Directors. 'HSDUWPHQW flag to organizational units It is necessary to apply department flags only when integration is active between 3HUVRQQHO 3ODQQLQJ and 3HUVRQQHO $GPLQLVWUDWLRQ. Certain records are written from 3HUVRQQHO 3ODQQLQJ to 3HUVRQQHO $GPLQLVWUDWLRQ when integration is active, and it is necessary to identify the organizational units that represent actual departments so that the appropriate information is transferred. (Organizational units do not necessarily represent departments. Units may represent teams, or groups, within a single department.)
If your company uses department flags, you must also make entries in table T7750, by entering 33$%7 33$%7 for the flags to operate properly. Refer to the 3HUVRQQHO 3ODQQLQJ DQG 'HYHORSPHQW section of the Implementation Guide. It is not mandatory to define this infotype. You must decide if it applies to your situation. You can maintain this infotype using 'HWDLO 0DLQWHQDQFH, by creating infotype records one object at a time. Or, you can work in 6LPSOH 0DLQWHQDQFH, where procedures are streamlined. See Setting Attributes in Simple Maintenance [Ext.]. If you decide to maintain this infotype, you can request reports that list objects with staff flags. The RHXSTAB0 report (Staff Functions for Organizational Units) lists flagged organizational units, and the RHXSTAB1 report (Staff Functions for Positions) lists flagged positions.
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
It is only used when you work with tasks, within the context of human resources. (Tasks are also used in 6$3 %XVLQHVV :RUNIORZ.) While it is not mandatory to maintain this infotype, it can be helpful when, for example, you are establishing salary and wage standards for jobs and positions. Knowing the nature of tasks that must be performed can help you set compensation. For example, must decisions be made? Does a task contribute directly to your companys bottom line? Tasks can be classified as rank, phase, or purpose. You decide how many of these categories are appropriate for your company. You interpret the meaning of the different categories as you see fit. The system interpretation of the different categories (outlined below) is a suggestion only. If you maintain this infotype, you can then request reports that list task characteristics. The report RHXIAW04 (Character of Tasks in Organizational Structure) shows the characteristics of tasks performed in a selected organizational unit, or units. The report RHXIAW05 (Character of Individual Tasks) shows the characteristics of selected tasks.
6WUXFWXUH
5DQN
Use this category to classify tasks as a planning, or completion, or control task. A planning task requires employees to design, arrange, project, and so on, such as design software specifications. A completion task requires employees to carry out a particular operation, or function, such as, answer phones, or file papers. A control task requires employees to manage, oversee or guide activity, such as, supervise employees.
3KDVH
Use this category to classify how tasks fit into a business process. A decision task requires an employee to make a judgment of some kind, such as, set department priorities. An execute task simply requires someone to carry out an activity, such as, assemble part A and part B.
3XUSRVH
Use this category to identify tasks that directly contribute to the products or services that a company provides. Of course, this classification is company-specific. For example, if you work at a software company, the task develop software is classified under purpose, whereas the task calculate payroll is classified as administrative. However, if your company provides bookkeeping services, then the task calculate payroll is classified under purpose.
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
It is used when you only work with work centers. If a work center: Has no wheelchair access, it may be unsuitable for disabled employees Requires heavy lifting, it may be unsuitable for women Exposes workers to alcohol, it may be unsuitable for employees under 18 years of age
Restrictions are categorized. The different categories of restrictions, and the reasons why the restrictions exist, are user-defined. As a result, restrictions vary from company to company. You can set up restriction categories and reasons in tables T778C and T778X, respectively. It is not mandatory to maintain this infotype, however it can be helpful if such restrictions exist in a work environment, and you want to record them. There are reports available that identify the restrictions applied to work centers. The report RHXIAW01 (Single Work Centers with Restrictions) shows the restrictions applied to selected work centers. The report RHXIAW00 (Work Center with Restrictions in Organizational Structure) also lists the restrictions applied to selected work centers, selected according to organizational structure.
For the RHXIAW00 report to work, you must create relationships between work centers and organizational units, using the 5HODWLRQVKLS infotype (1001).
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
It is used when you only work with positions. You might create a vacancy record for an occupied position when, for example, you know an employee is taking maternity leave. If your company does not distinguish between occupied and unoccupied positions, that is, you consider all unoccupied positions to be vacant, you can set an indicator rather than maintain the infotype. The indicator tells the system to treat all unoccupied positions as vacant. (The setting is made in the System Table T77S0, item PPVAC, PPVAC.) Entry means all unoccupied positions are considered vacant. Entry means infotype 1007 must be maintained. Refer to the 3HUVRQQHO 3ODQQLQJ DQG 'HYHORSPHQW section of the Implementation Guide. If your company does distinguish between occupied and unoccupied positions, you must maintain the 9DFDQF\ infotype.
You can mark vacancy records as historical records, once you no longer need them that is, once a position is filled. Historical records are maintained on the database, but cannot be changed or used in processing. If you use $SSOLFDQW 0DQDJHPHQW, it is helpful to keep a record of vacancies after they are filled. You can maintain this infotype using 'HWDLO 0DLQWHQDQFH, by creating infotype records one object at a time. Or, you can work in 6LPSOH 0DLQWHQDQFH, where procedures are streamlined. See Setting Attributes in Simple Maintenance [Ext.].
,QWHJUDWLRQ
The vacancy infotype is used by more than one HR component. For example, if you use 3HUVRQQHO &RVW 3ODQQLQJ, the system can take vacancies into account when it calculates cost projections. Vacancies are also registered in &DUHHU DQG 6XFFHVVLRQ 3ODQQLQJ, where, for example, they can be used when you conduct a search for suitable positions for a employee. If integration with 3HUVRQQHO $GPLQLVWUDWLRQ is active, the 3HUVRQQHO $GPLQLVWUDWLRQ component $SSOLFDQW 0DQDJHPHQW also checks vacancy records. It is not mandatory to maintain the 9DFDQF\ infotype for 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO 0DQDJHPHQW purposes. However, if you plan to use 3HUVRQQHO &RVW 3ODQQLQJ or &DUHHU DQG 6XFFHVVLRQ 3ODQQLQJ, or $SSOLFDQW 0DQDJHPHQW, you should maintain this infotype. 6HH DOVR Personnel Cost Planning [Ext.]
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
You can maintain this infotype using 'HWDLO 0DLQWHQDQFH, by creating infotype records one object at a time. Or, you can work in 6LPSOH 0DLQWHQDQFH where procedures are streamlined..
-XQH
6$3 $*
Specifying personnel areas presents an added benefit for customers using 3HUVRQQHO 3ODQQLQJ and 3HUVRQQHO $GPLQLVWUDWLRQ together. Each personnel area has a company code assignment, and company codes are one of the factors used to determine cost centers. (3HUVRQQHO $GPLQLVWUDWLRQ may require cost center assignments so that payroll charges can be charged back.) This means if you specify a personnel area, it is not necessary to complete the rest of the infotype. 6HH DOVR Personnel Cost Planning [Ext.]
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
It is used only when you deal with workplaces. For example, certain work centers may require that employees have good eyesight, and so a regular eye examination may be required. Or, employees who have had a particular ailment in the past should not be placed in a particular work center. It is not mandatory to maintain this infotype. If you decide to use this infotype, there are two reports available that document work centers with health exclusions or health examinations. They are: The report RHXIAW02 (Work Centers Requiring Health Examination Along Organizational Structure) The report RHXIAW03 (Single Work Centers Requiring Health Examinations)
6WUXFWXUH
Health information is categorized into two subtypes: Health exclusions Health examinations
You can add other subtypes, or categories, if required. Refer to the 3HUVRQQHO 3ODQQLQJ DQG 'HYHORSPHQW section of the Implementation Guide. You must assign the information you enter to a subtype. Use the health exclusion subtype when employees are restricted from a work center if they have, or have had, a certain ailment. For example, employees who have had TB might be restricted from work centers where food is handled. Use the health examination subtype when a particular health examination must be performed on a regular basis, for example, an eye or hearing test is required.
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
It is typically used when you work with positions, although you can use the infotype with work centers as well. This infotype serves two separate purposes. It allows you to identify: The authority assigned to a position or work center For example, a position may have authorization to sign contracts with values up to $50,000. Authorities can also be used to define access to different physical areas at your company. The resources, or the equipment, made available to positions or work centers For example, this can include things like a notebook computer, a piece of machinery, or a car. The information for authorities and resources is stored in the authorities subtype, and the resources subtype. You must assign information to one of the above subtypes, when you create $XWKRULW\ DQG 5HVRXUFH infotype records. It is not mandatory to maintain this infotype. You must decide if it is helpful or not. If you use the infotype, there is a report available that extracts the information you enter. It is the RHXHFMT0 (Authorities and Resources) report.
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
You can also define work schedule groups (which are based on employee groups and employee subgroups). It is not mandatory to maintain this infotype. In 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO 0DQDJHPHQW, work schedules are for reference purposes. They are not used to calculate payroll, for example. So work schedules can be considered as a policy statement, or as a guideline for work hours.
You can plan for and implement complex work schedules using the :RUNIRUFH 3ODQQLQJ component. Default scheduling information is maintained in Customizing, so the :RUN 6FKHGXOH infotype is used to identify H[FHSWLRQV to the default information. For example, work times might be uniform at your company, except for one organizational unit. In this case, the easiest approach is to define a work schedule just for that one organizational unit. You can maintain this infotype using 'HWDLO 0DLQWHQDQFH, by creating infotype records one object at a time. Or, you can work in 6LPSOH 0DLQWHQDQFH, where procedures are streamlined. See Setting Attributes in Simple Maintenance [Ext.]. You can request a report that documents work schedules. The report shows work schedules of organizational units, and possibly positions, and employees, depending on the options you select. The report is RHXSBES0, or RHSBES00 (Staffing Schedule). (If integration is active with 3HUVRQQHO $GPLQLVWUDWLRQ, the report also shows absentee statistics, as well as other personal data.) Default scheduling information is maintained in Customizing, so the :RUN 6FKHGXOH infotype is used to identify H[FHSWLRQV to the default information. If you need to use work schedules, begin by getting an overview of the different work times at your company. Then, consider the objects you should use to apply the schedules. Because the inheritance principle applies to work schedules, you must be careful about the objects to which you apply work schedules. You might unintentionally apply a work schedule to an entire branch of your company, when you only intended to apply it to one organizational unit. It is best to apply work schedules upwards from the bottom of a hierarchical structure.
If you choose to maintain this infotype, you can set up the system so that work schedule records are compared with the planned working times of a employee (defined in 3HUVRQQHO $GPLQLVWUDWLRQ, in the 3ODQQHG :RUNLQJ 7LPH infotype). This helps ensure stated work hours are consistent. Refer to the 3HUVRQQHO 3ODQQLQJ DQG 'HYHORSPHQW section of the Implementation Guide (IMG).
-XQH
6$3 $*
If there is more than one work schedule group in the organizational unit, then there might be multiple infotype records for a single unit.
6WUXFWXUH
The inheritance principle applies to the :RUN 6FKHGXOH infotype. Lower-level objects automatically receive the work schedules of higher-level objects, unless you specify otherwise. Consequently, when the system determines the work schedule that applies to each object, it starts with the most specific information and progresses to the most general. The system checks the objects in this order: 1. Work centers 2. Positions 3. Work schedule groups (applied through organizational units) 4. Organizational units (interpreted structurally) 5. Default work schedules
,QWHJUDWLRQ
If your company uses 3HUVRQQHO &RVW 3ODQQLQJ, the system may use the work schedule information, together with the information stored in the &RVW 3ODQQLQJ infotype, to perform calculations. See Personnel Cost Planning [Ext.]
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
It is an optional infotype that is used when you work only with positions. When integration is active, maintaining this infotype allows the system to cross-check employee and position data in 3HUVRQQHO $GPLQLVWUDWLRQ and 3HUVRQQHO 3ODQQLQJ, respectively. Employee groups and subgroups are the common denominator between 3HUVRQQHO 3ODQQLQJ and 3HUVRQQHO $GPLQLVWUDWLRQ. The system checks that: Both the employee assigned to a position, and the position itself, are assigned to the same employee group and employee subgroup Work schedules assigned to positions and employee groups/subgroups in 3HUVRQQHO 3ODQQLQJ are consistent with the work times assigned to the holder of the position (the employee) in 3HUVRQQHO $GPLQLVWUDWLRQ.
If the system detects an inconsistency, a warning message appears. You can, however, still proceed with activities. When integration is inactive, this infotype is still relevant, since the system checks employee groups and subgroups when you work with work schedules. Employee groups and subgroups are user-defined, when 3HUVRQQHO $GPLQLVWUDWLRQ is installed. See 3HUVRQQHO $GPLQLVWUDWLRQ in the Implementation Guide. You can maintain this infotype using 'HWDLO 0DLQWHQDQFH, by creating infotype records one at a time. Or, you can work in 6LPSOH 0DLQWHQDQFH, where procedures are streamlined.
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
It is used most frequently when you work with positions, although it can also be used with work centers. Obsolescence can occur for several reasons. For example, after a merger, a downsizing, or reorganization, positions and work centers may become redundant.
,QWHJUDWLRQ
If you plan to use the &DUHHU DQG 6XFFHVVLRQ 3ODQQLQJ component of HR, you must maintain this infotype. Career planning checks for positions marked as obsolete, so that a new position can be found for the holder of the obsolete position. When the holder of an obsolete position is reassigned or leaves the company, the system prompts you to delimit the positions validity period. You can maintain this infotype using 'HWDLO 0DLQWHQDQFH, by creating infotype records one at a time. Or, you can work in 6LPSOH 0DLQWHQDQFH, where procedures are streamlined.
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
The &RVW 3ODQQLQJ infotype is only relevant if you use the 3HUVRQQHO &RVW 3ODQQLQJ component of HR. There are three methods you can use to develop different costing scenarios: Projected pay Payroll results Basic pay
The &RVW 3ODQQLQJ infotype is used when you use the projected pay method, to enable the system to perform calculations. The infotype allows you to enter information about each type of cost that contributes to labor costs, for example, employer contributions to pension plans, employee benefits, and wage and salary information. You append this infotype to individual jobs or positions, and can also append it to work centers, or organizational units.
You might append cost data to organizational units and work centers when there is a fixed or lump sum of money that cannot be applied to individual jobs or positions. For example, a sum can be allocated to an organizational unit for employee bonuses, or to a work center to fund social activities. The different types of costs are called wage elements. You can enter a maximum of seven wage elements for each cost planning infotype record you create. (The wage elements themselves are defined through Customizing, in the Wage Table T77KL. Refer to the 3HUVRQQHO 3ODQQLQJ DQG 'HYHORSPHQW section of the Implementation Guide.)
6WUXFWXUH
For each wage element entry you must identify the: Name of the particular wage element Amount of the element (either carried over from the Wage Table, or you can enter a different amount) Currency Time frame (a monthly contribution, a yearly adjustment, and so on)
,QWHJUDWLRQ
-XQH
6$3 $*
Wage elements are referred to as cost elements, once they are brought into 3HUVRQQHO &RVW 3ODQQLQJ. 6HH DOVR Personnel Cost Planning [Ext.]
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
Authority profiles control the types of activities users can perform.A profile contains a list of authorizations that control, for example, access to accounting or personnel records. Authorities can also dictate the types of infotypes that users work with in the system. The authorities are valid across all system products. (Authority profiles are user-defined, at installation.)
For more information on authorization profiles, see BC Users, Authorizations and System Security [Ext.] Authority profiles are applied to R/3 users on an individual basis, one at a time. However, the 6WDQGDUG 3URILOHV infotype offers you a time-saving alternative since you do not have to enter an authority profile for each employee. The profiles related to organizational units, jobs, positions, or tasks are applied to all employees linked with these objects, after you run the report RHPROFL0 (Generate Authorization Profiles). (The connection between objects and employees, and authority profiles is made by running this report.) The 6WDQGDUG 3URILOHV infotype also allows you to include more than one authority profile in a single infotype record. This feature can be helpful since users sometimes need more than one profile to perform their duties. System administrators, for example, typically require several different authority profiles. Here again, this infotype offers a time-saving benefit.
To restrict the amount of information users can see while working with organizational plans in 3HUVRQQHO 3ODQQLQJW, you must either maintain the 3' 3URILOHV infotype, or table T77UA. You can append 6WDQGDUG 3URILOHV to organizational units, jobs, positions, or tasks (or standard tasks if your company uses :RUNIORZ). Before doing so, you should consider the type of object that is best suited for applying authority profiles. For example, if authority profiles tend to be fairly standard for all workers in an organizational unit, then it may be most effective to apply profiles to organizational units. (Where exceptions occur for jobs or tasks, you can create additional profiles for them.) If, however, authorities vary by job or task, it may be best to apply profile to the jobs or tasks concerned.
It is important to note that the profile linked to a task does not cancel out the profile linked to a position, or job, or organizational unit. One infotype record does not override another. Rather, all profiles that are applied to an object directly or indirectly are considered valid. $VVLJQLQJ 3URILOHV WR 'LIIHUHQW 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO 2EMHFWV
-XQH
6$3 $*
,I \RX DVVLJQ SURILOHV WR 7KHQ Individual tasks The assignment is automatically passed on to the related positions and jobs. You can add supplementary authorizations to the jobs and positions, if required. You can identify any special (specific) authorities to tasks, if required. All jobs and positions assigned to the organizational units receive the same authorizations (and employees, if integration with PA master data is active).
Organizational units
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
Calendars specify nonworking days, which can be: Civic or religious holidays Any nonworking day unique to a company For example, some companies operate seven days a week, some five, while some companies shutdown for summer vacation. For 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO 0DQDJHPHQW purposes, it is not mandatory to maintain the infotype there, since calendar data provides information only. However, the 7UDLQLQJ DQG (YHQW 0DQDJHPHQW and 6KLIW 3ODQQLQJ components of HR do require this information. These modules check calendars, to ensure business events and shifts are planned for days when businesses operate. If you plan to use 7UDLQLQJ DQG (YHQW 0DQDJHPHQW or 6KLIW 3ODQQLQJ, you must provide calendar information. A default factory calendar must be set for these two modules. For 7UDLQLQJ DQG (YHQW 0DQDJHPHQW you set the default in table T77S0 by entering 6(0,1 257&$ For 6KLIW 3ODQQLQJ you set the default in table T77S0 by entering 3(,16 &$/,' (Refer to the 3HUVRQQHO 3ODQQLQJ DQG 'HYHORSPHQW section of the Implementation Guide.) The 6LWH 'HSHQGHQW ,QIR applies only to organizational units and locations whose calendars differ from the default. Use the infotype to identify the correct calendar for the organizational unit, or location, in use.
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
In 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO 0DQDJHPHQW, the infotype may be appended to organizational units, work centers, and positions. Address information is for reference purposes only, so it is not mandatory to maintain it. In 7UDLQLQJ DQG (YHQW 0DQDJHPHQW, the infotype may be appended to locations, resources, external persons, companies, and kitchen facilities. Depending on the object you are working with, the system may require the information for processing, or the infotype may be optional. You must maintain this infotype for locations. The address stated for locations is used in business event confirmation letters. Confirmation letters are generated for participants in a business event, and the letters include the address where the event takes place. You must maintain this infotype for either companies, or external persons. Again, the system requires the information to identify where external events take place. You do not have to maintain this infotype for resources and kitchen facilities. The information is for reference purposes only.
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
The infotype contains details required for the electronic transmission of information, for example, user IDs. You append this information to different objects organizational units, external persons, and companies. When something happens relating to a reservation for example, if there is a cancellation the system checks for all objects involved in the event (the participants, organizers, and so on) and sends notifications. For 5RRP 5HVHUYDWLRQ 3ODQQLQJ purposes, you might define this infotype for the organizational units designated as event organizers, companies, and external persons. However, Customizing allows you to determine the objects to which this infotype applies. Refer to the 3HUVRQQHO 3ODQQLQJ DQG 'HYHORSPHQW section of the Implementation Guide.
6WUXFWXUH
When creating this infotype, you must identify the: Name of the electronic mail system used At present, the system supports only the SAP mail system. User ID of the employee responsible for coordinating mail communications in the organizational unit, or company, or work center User ID of the external employee, or position holder Owner or creator of the distribution list for the organizational unit, or company, or work center
If you are working with an external employee, or position, this information is not required.
,QWHJUDWLRQ
This infotype is not normally used within the context of 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO 0DQDJHPHQW, although there are exceptions. If your company does not use a SAP mail system, you can use this infotype to store information about mail addresses, for positions, or work centers. However, in this case, the information is for reference purposes only. The system cannot do anything with the data.
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
The infotype is only relevant if you use the 7UDLQLQJ DQG (YHQW 0DQDJHPHQW component of HR, as well as the SAP product 6DOHV DQG 'LVWULEXWLRQ (SD). It is not a mandatory infotype. Using this infotype, you can attribute the revenue earned from business events to SD sales areas. Sales areas are used to group together products or services whose sales can be handled in the same way.
,QWHJUDWLRQ
You can apply this infotype to organizational units in 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO 0DQDJHPHQW, or to business event types in 7UDLQLQJ DQG (YHQW 0DQDJHPHQW In 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO 0DQDJHPHQW, you append the infotype to the organizational unit designated as the organizer of a given business event. In 7UDLQLQJ DQG (YHQW 0DQDJHPHQW, you append the infotype to business event types. You use this method when the organizer of a business event varies according to the type of business event you are using. In either component, you must provide three pieces of information to specify a sales area: The sales organization code that represents a sales organization responsible for a given product The distribution channel code that indicates how products or services reach a customer (for example, wholesale, retail, or direct sales) The division code, a way of categorizing products or services into product lines
Using this infotype, you can attribute the revenue earned from business events to SD sales areas. Sales areas are used to group together products or services whose sales can be handled in the same way.
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
This infotype applies only to organizational units, and is relevant only if you use the 6KLIW 3ODQQLQJ component of HR. A shift group is a collection of individual shifts. For example, a shift group might include the following three shifts: 6KLIW QDPH Early shift +RXUV ZRUNHG 6 a.m. to 2 p.m.
Shift groups are user-defined, so the actual content of a shift group the number of shifts and the hours worked can vary. The shift groups themselves are defined in the 6KLIW 3ODQQLQJ component of HR. By assigning a shift group to an organizational unit, you identify the shifts worked at the organizational unit, and carry over the attributes of the shift group, for example, the requirement types, to the organizational unit. The system uses this information for cross-checking purposes, to ensure the shift plans you set up include the correct shifts and requirement types for each organizational unit you use. You can only assign one shift group to an organizational unit, at any given time. However, one shift group can be assigned to many different organizational units.
,QWHJUDWLRQ
Shift group assignments can be carried out in the 6KLIW 3ODQQLQJ and 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO 0DQDJHPHQW components of HR. Refer to the 3HUVRQQHO 3ODQQLQJ DQG 'HYHORSPHQW section of the Implementation Guide.
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
You must be working in 6KLIW 3ODQQLQJ to create 2YHUULGH 5HTXLUHPHQW infotype records, or to perform any other maintenance activities change, delete, delimit, and so on.
,QWHJUDWLRQ
The infotype pertains only to the 6KLIW 3ODQQLQJ component of HR, although infotype records can be viewed when you work with organizational units in 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO 0DQDJHPHQW. In 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO 0DQDJHPHQW, you can: Display override requirement infotype records Request a list of override requirement infotype records
Each infotype record identifies one exception, so several records might exist for one organizational unit.
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
These relationships, or assignments, are relevant only for 6$3 %XVLQHVV :RUNIORZ customers who are using UROHV to identify agents for the individual tasks in a workflow. See SAP Business Workflow [Ext.]
,QWHJUDWLRQ
There are two areas where you can work with these types of assignments: By using this infotype in 'HWDLO 0DLQWHQDQFH in 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO 0DQDJHPHQW This is not recommended. By using the Assignment of SAP Organizational Objects transaction This is recommended. See About Assigning SAP Organizational Objects [Ext.]
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
6KLIW 3ODQQLQJ
-XQH
6$3 $*
Shift groups are user-defined, so the actual content of a shift group the number of shifts and the hours worked vary from shift group to shift group. The shift groups themselves are defined in the Shift Planning module of PD. By assigning a shift group to an organizational unit, you identify the shifts worked at the organizational unit. The attributes of the shift group, for example, the requirement types are also carried over to the organizational unit. The system in turn uses this information for cross-checking purposes, to ensure the shift plans you setup include: the correct shifts, and the correct requirement types for each organizational unit you work with. You may only assign one shift group to an organizational unit, at one point in time. However, it is possible for one shift group to be assigned to many different organizational units. Shift group assignments can be carried out in the Shift Planning and Organization and Planning modules of PD. For more information on setting up shift plans, refer to the 3HUVRQQHO 3ODQQLQJ DQG 'HYHORSPHQW section of the Implementation Guide. 6HH DOVR Overview: Features and Options in Infotype Windows [Ext.]
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
Depending on how you set up the customizing system, either a warning or error message is displayed if the begin and/or end date or validity period of an absence record falls on an employees day off.
1DWLRQDO IHDWXUHV
National features must be taken into account for some absence types. You can either enter these absence types in the absence infotype or in special infotypes such as: Maternity Protection (Infotype 0080) [Page 359] Military Service (Infotype 0081) [Page 362]
-XQH
6$3 $*
You can also use this infotype to store national features for entry of work incapacity for France and the Netherlands. Please refer to: Absences (Infotype 2001): National Features for France [Ext.] Absences (Infotype 2001): National Features for the Netherlands [Ext.] Absences (Infotype 2001): National Features for Germany [Ext.] Absences (Infotype 2001): National Features for Austria [Ext.] For the purposes of SSP and SMP recording in Great Britain, a number of records need to be maintained for employees in addition to infotype 2001, $EVHQFHV. For further information please see the section Absence Recording - GB in the Time Management documentation.
-XQH
6$3 $*
A business trip is a typical attendance. The employee is not at his/her workplace but nonetheless works for the company. Attendances are divided into attendance types. Attendance types are subtypes of infotype 2002, $WWHQGDQFHV. A special feature of the $WWHQGDQFHV infotype are the different entry screens for the different groups of subtypes. This allows you to enter specific data for the related attendance. The SAP standard system has entry screens for: JHQHUDO DWWHQGDQFHV. This entry screen is used for all attendances that require no special processing (e.g. business trip). Payroll hours and days are also displayed here. DWWHQGDQFHV ZLWK TXRWD GHGXFWLRQ. This entry screen can be used for the DWWHQGDQFH ZLWK TXRWD GHGXFWLRQ attendance type. It has special fields and additional screens which allow you to check the quota deduction. When you enter an attendance type with quota deduction, the system checks the existing quotas. Only if sufficient quotas are available can an attendance record be stored. Quotas are automatically updated by the system. In the customizing system, you can define the attendance quota types from which a particular attendance type can be deducted. When you enter attendance types, the system automatically calculates the number of attendance hours and days taking into account the employees planned working time and days off. You can overwrite the hour fields. Unlike absence times, attendance times can extend beyond an employees daily planned working time.
3D\PHQW GDWD
There are two ways of entering a different payment resulting from a particular attendance in the system: 1. :DJH W\SH You can enter the payment for an attendance directly in the :DJH W\SH field. This field, which is not used in the standard system, can be queried in payroll accounting or time evaluation. 2. 'LIIHUHQW SD\PHQW Use the menu path *RWR 'LIIHUHQW SD\PHQW to enter information for different payment. You can: assign a premium
-XQH
6$3 $*
redefine payment by assigning a pay scale group and level control payment by entering a different position add or deduct a specific amount using the Extra pay indicator and the Valuation basis
-XQH
6$3 $*
7\SHV RI VXEVWLWXWLRQ
With the exception of the position substitution, all types of substitution constitute a change to the employees personal work schedule since the system overwrites the original work schedule when you enter a substitution. Therefore on any one day, the system can only take account of one substitution which leads to a change in the employees planned working time. By combining the position substitution with other substitution types, you can change the employees planned working time DQG payment. The combination time substitution/position substitution is an exception. The system does not overwrite the planned working time in this case, but assigns the employee a different payment for the period of substitution. In order to prevent errors, you can define collision checks when your system is customized. The following are the standard substitution types: 6XEVWLWXWLRQV EDVHG RQ D GDLO\ ZRUN VFKHGXOH
-XQH
6$3 $*
You use this function to record exceptions to your employees monthly work schedule which arise on a daily basis. It is recommended to use this substitution type instead of the substitution based on a work schedule rule if an employee is to be assigned a different work schedule for a short period of time only (e.g. one day). 6XEVWLWXWLRQV EDVHG RQ D ZRUN VFKHGXOH UXOH You can use this function to record an exception to the employees personal work schedule which is to last for several days. This is useful if you want to temporarily assign a different personnel subarea grouping, employee group, or public holiday calendar to an employee. 6XEVWLWXWLRQV EDVHG RQ DQRWKHU HPSOR\HHV ZRUN VFKHGXOH UXOH SHUVRQQHO QXPEHU VXEVWLWXWLRQ You can change your employees work schedule rule with this function. This is done by assigning him/her another employees personnel number and thus also the other employees work schedule rule. You can use this function if an employee is replacing an absent colleague over a fixed period, for example, or is to be assigned the same work schedule rule as another employee.
Authorizations assigned to the employee being substituted are not transferred to the employee performing the substitution in this infotype. 6XEVWLWXWLRQV EDVHG RQ DQ LQGLYLGXDOO\ GHILQHG GDLO\ ZRUN VFKHGXOH WLPH VXEVWLWXWLRQ You can enter any kind of exception to the employees planned working time with this function. This is done by specifying start and end times and breaks for each day of the substitution. This function is recommended if your substitution is not based on a specific daily work schedule or work schedule rule. 6XEVWLWXWLRQ EDVHG RQ D SRVLWLRQ You use this function to specify a different payment for an employee over a certain period of time, based on the specifications for a different position. This is done by assigning the employee the position with the relevant rate of payment. If you enter the position only, the planned working time does not change as the system does not overwrite the original planned working time of the employee performing the substitution. You can combine the substitution based on a position with all other types of substitution, enabling you to take advantage of other variations of the substitution. If you combine the position substitution with the time substitution, you determine only a different rate of payment for the period in question.
-XQH
6$3 $*
A workman in your company takes on a foremans tasks on January 1, 1997. He/she has a planned working time of 08.00 through 17.00. If you enter the combination of time substitution and position substitution from 08.00 through 12.00, he/she is paid a foremans wage for these four hours, and his/her regular wage from 12.00 through 17.00.
3D\PHQW GDWD
In addition to the substitution based on a position, there are two other methods of entering a different payment resulting from a substitution in the system: 1. 6XEVWLWXWLRQ W\SH The system enters the substitution type by default. You can overwrite this field with another substitution type. $GGLWLRQDO QRWHV The substitution type can be taken into account in personnel calculation schema ;7 for payroll accounting. Only reduced hours substitutions are queried and valuated in time evaluation. 2. 'LIIHUHQW SD\PHQW Use the menu path *RWR 'LIIHUHQW SD\PHQW to enter further information on a different payment for the substitution. You can: assign a premium define a new payment by assigning a pay scale control payment by entering a different position add or deduct a specific amount using the Extra pay indicator and the Valuation basis.
Exceptions are the personnel number substitution and the substitution based solely on position.
-XQH
6$3 $*
In the PA system, availability is work which is performed outside of an employees planned working time. When you create an availability record, the employees work schedule is not overwritten. Availability types are subtypes of the $YDLODELOLW\ infotype. The SAP standard system contains has the following availability types: subtype 01 : RQFDOO GXW\ - time constraint 01 subtype 02 : RQFDOO GXW\ subtype 03 : RQFDOO GXW\ subtype 04 : RQFDOO GXW\ subtype 05 : RQFDOO GXW\
$YDLODELOLW\ W\SHV
$YDLODELOLW\ EDVHG RQ IL[HG WLPHV Use this availability type if an employee has on-call duty during a specific time period within planned working time. For employees with on-call duty, you can enter times which do not define an interval but the begin and end times of a complete availability.
An employees on-call duty goes from 3 p.m. on Friday to 8 a.m. on Monday. You can create a record containing this data. $YDLODELOLW\ EDVHG RQ D GDLO\ ZRUN VFKHGXOH This availability type uses the planned working times or the availability times stipulated in the daily work schedule. These times may overlap those specified in the employees work schedule which is not the case for an DYDLODELOLW\ EDVHG RQ IL[HG WLPHV This allows you to enter an availability which is valid during an employees normal working time. For this availability type, you may use only those daily work schedules which you have indicated as permissible for an availability in the customizing system. $YDLODELOLW\ EDVHG RQ D ZRUN VFKHGXOH UXOH
-XQH
6$3 $*
You can use this availability type if you want to take into account the work cycle specified in the period work schedule which is not the case in the DYDLODELOLW\ EDVHG RQ D GDLO\ ZRUN VFKHGXOH The times of this availability type may overlap the work schedule. In this infotype, you may use only those work schedule rules which you have indicated as permissible for an availability in the customizing system.
3D\PHQW GDWD
There are two ways of entering a different payment resulting from an availability in the system: 1. $YDLODELOLW\ W\SH The availability type can be queried and evaluated in payroll accounting. 2. 'LIIHUHQW SD\PHQW Use the menu path *RWR 'LIIHUHQW SD\PHQW to enter information on different payment for an availability. You can: assign a premium redefine payment by assigning a pay scale group and level control payment by entering a different position add or deduct a specific amount using the Extra pay indicator and the Valuation basis
-XQH
6$3 $*
You can specify overtime rules for flextime work schedules in the customizing system. If overtime breaks are defined in the daily work schedule, the system automatically transfers this information to the overtime infotype. These breaks can also be defined individually.
3D\PHQW GDWD
There are two ways of entering payment for overtime in the system: 1. 2YHUWLPH DQG RYHUWLPH FRPSHQVDWLRQ W\SH Overtime records are evaluated in time evaluation or payroll accounting. Which wage types or time bonuses are generated there depends, for example, on the public holiday class, duration of overtime, work on Sunday, etc. as well as on the RYHUWLPH FRPSHQVDWLRQ W\SH which you can enter in the Overtime infotype or in infotype 2007, Attendance quotas [Page 241] . 2. 'LIIHUHQW SD\PHQW Use the menu path *RWR 'LIIHUHQW SD\PHQW to enter information on different payment for overtime. You can: assign a premium redefine payment by assigning a pay scale group and level control payment by entering a different position add or deduct a specific amount using the Extra pay indicator and the Valuation basis
-XQH
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK 2YHUWLPH ,QIRW\SH You can use this infotype to transfer cost and work data to $FFRXQWLQJ and /RJLVWLFV.
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
3D\PHQW GDWD
There are two ways of defining remuneration for a wage type: 1XPEHU RI KRXUV QXPEHU XQLW DQG DPRXQW If these fields contain entries, the system uses the values stored in the Customizing system for this wage type. If no DPRXQW is specified, you can enter one manually in the infotype. 'LIIHUHQW SD\PHQW It is possible to enter additional data on a different payment for remuneration records on the entry screen or via *RWR 'LIIHUHQW SD\PHQW. You can: 6HH DOVR Maintaining employee remuneration information [Ext.] Assign a premium Redefine payment by assigning a pay scale group and level Control payment by entering a different position Add or deduct a specific amount using the Extra pay indicator and the Valuation basis.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Missing clock-in or out times are automatically supplemented in time evaluation. The system determines the missing times on the basis of the employees planned working times. Time events can only be recorded for employees that take part in time recording. This must be specified in infotype 0007, Planned working time [Page 390]. The employee must also be assigned an authorization for the required time event types in infotype 0050, Time recording info [Page 473]. Time event types can be clock-in/out times for regular attendances, off-site work, etc.
-XQH
6$3 $*
An employee has a flextime credit of five hours. These should be transferred to the compensation time account. Three hours should be transferred from the employees absence quota to his/her flextime balance. An employees flextime balance should be reduced by five hours.
Which time balance revisions you can use are defined in the customizing system. You can select a time balance revision which defines whether the specified number of hours: 1. should be posted to a wage type.
If the flextime balance contains more than 5 hours, the excess hours should be remunerated. 2. should set a time type (e.g. the flextime balance) to a fixed value, i.e. the time balance of a time type is set to the specified number of hours. The balances formed in time evaluation are updated in the time types.
The flextime balance is set to a fixed value of ten hours. The employee should be remunerated for any excess hours. 3. should be posted to one or several time types, i.e. the time balance of a time type should be increased or reduced.
The accumulated compensation time is transferred to the flextime balance. The flextime balance is increased or reduced by the specified number of hours.
4. should be posted to an absence quota [Page 219]. The name of the time balance revision usually indicates the nature of the changes made.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Time balance revisions always refer to a validity day. If you specify a validity period, the system carries out a time balance revision on each day of the period.
-XQH
6$3 $*
4XRWDV
-XQH
6$3 $*
When you enter an absence type with quota deduction, the system checks the existing quotas. Only if sufficient quotas are available can the absence record be stored. Quotas are updated automatically. Which absence types are permissible for an existing quota depends on the settings in the customizing system.
In the SAP standard system, leave entitlement is entered as absence quota . You can set up absence quotas for fixed times and for hours or days. You can also assign quotas which allow employees to be absent a certain number of hours within a specific time interval. An absence quota can be accumulated automatically by the time evaluation program. This, for example, can be leave which is accumulated only if an employee performs certain work. An absence quota can also be accumulated through attendance quotas for which an employee receives time off as compensation. This can be defined in the RYHUWLPH FRPSHQVDWLRQ W\SH field in infotype 2007, Attendance quotas [Page 241]. You may not manually change absence quotas which the system has accumulated automatically.
-XQH
6$3 $*
The attendance quota type $SSURYHG RYHUWLPH is only relevant for time evaluation. Here, the system checks whether the employees attendance quota is sufficient. You can use the RYHUWLPH FRPSHQVDWLRQ W\SH field to define how overtime is to be deducted and compensated.
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
$EVHQFH 4XRWDV records (infotype 2006) can be generated automatically in time evaluation. You can use the 4XRWD &RUUHFWLRQV infotype (2013) to influence the process - that is, increase or reduce the quota entitlements generated, or set them to a fixed value.
An employee has worked up 4 days absence entitlement and is to get 2 extra days for particularly good work. Too much absence entitlement has been generated for an employee due to incorrect master data. You want to reduce his or her entitlement by 1.5 days. An employee has joined your company from another company. His or her contract has guaranteed 10 extra days absence entitlement as compensation for remaining leave at the other company. You therefore want to set the employees absence quota to a fixed value of 10 days.
You can only use the infotype to change the amount of absence quota types that are generated in time evaluation. The changes are taken into account the next time time evaluation is run. Time evaluation carries out a recalculation starting on the day for which you have entered the quota correction. The $EVHQFH 4XRWDV infotype (2006) does not take account of quota corrections immediately. The infotype is updated at a specific transfer time that is determined in Customizing. You can get time evaluation to transfer the results immediately to the $EVHQFH 4XRWDV infotype (2006), however. To do this, select the 7UDQVIHU LPPHGLDWHO\ field.
An employee is leaving the company and wants to use up his or her remaining absence quotas.
,QWHJUDWLRQ
You can only use the infotype if you use the 7LPH (YDOXDWLRQ component. You must also use the Absence Quota Type Selection and Leave Accrual [Ext.] function.
-XQH
6$3 $*
The term remaining leave in the PA system refers to days of leave which have not yet been accounted, requested or compensated on the current date. Each time you enter a leave record in the $EVHQFHV infotype (2001) or compensation data in infotype 0083, the system checks that the employee still has an adequate number of leave days and updates the leave totals accordingly. You have to store the employees leave entitlement, as stipulated in the work contract, in the system only once. The system then automatically generates the employees leave entitlement for the following years.
Leave entitlement is a special type of absence quota [Page 219] . The special entry options required for leave entitlement are provided in infotype 0005.
The system proposes these default values when you create an infotype record. These values can be overwritten.
-XQH
6$3 $*
This infotype is closely related to infotype 0005, Leave entitlement [Page 354] . The days or hours to be compensated are automatically deducted from the remaining leave entitlement. When you enter a record, the system checks if the employee is still entitled to leave in the specified leave year and for the assigned object identification. the wage type you have entered is permissible. It also checks if the entry of an amount is permissible or required for this wage type.
You can enter up to six leave types for one record. This data is transferred to payroll accounting with the date specified here. The indicator you set in the OHDYH W\SH field can be queried in payroll accounting
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
This infotype also contains information that is of importance for authorization checks and for controlling payroll accounting.
&RPSDQ\ 6WUXFWXUH
Here, you determine which company code, personnel area and personnel subarea an employee will belong to. You can also define the cost center and, if necessary, assign your employee to a business area. You cannot make an entry in the data fields &RPSDQ\ &RGH 3HUVRQQHO $UHD and &RVW &HQWHU These fields can only be maintained by carrying out a personnel event. The value for the field /HJDO (QWLW\ is determined automatically and cannot be overwritten.
3HUVRQQHO 6WUXFWXUH
The values for the fields (PSOR\HH *URXS and (PSOR\HH 6XEJURXS are taken from the infotype (YHQWV (0000) and cannot be overwritten. You can only assign these values by carrying out a personnel event. The default values in the field 3D\UROO $FFRXQWLQJ $UHD can be overwritten.
2UJDQL]DWLRQDO 6WUXFWXUH
You can also assign your employee to a job.
$GPLQLVWUDWRU
Finally, this infotype also contains information about the administrator, i.e. which adminstrator is responsible for which personal data for the personnel number concerned.
-XQH
6$3 $*
The start date for the first record of the infotype 3HUVRQDO 'DWD (0002) is determined from the employees/applicants date of birth.
1DPH
The first set of data defines the employees/applicants name. These include the following: form of address, first name, second name or name at birth. Also included are the name by which you are known, initials, academic title, name prefixes and name suffixes.
'DWH RI %LUWK
This set of data includes the date of birth, place of birth, nationality and language.
Because the individual members of the employees/applicants family do not have to be entered in the system, a check is not run to see whether the contents of the field 1RFKLOGUHQ corresponds to the actual number of children entered in the infotype )DPLO\ (0021).
1DWLRQDO )HDWXUHV
3OHDVH VHH Personal Data (Infotype 0002): National Features Indonesia [Page 385] Personal Data (Infotype 0002): National Features The Netherlands [Page 386]
-XQH
6$3 $*
lock indicator, i.e. the indicator that excludes a personnel number from payroll accounting last payroll accounting date date of the last retroactive calculation indicator that signifies a personnel number for retroactive calculation the earliest possible payroll recalculation date for the personnel number concerned
7LPH (YDOXDWLRQ
The field 3HUV FDOHQGDU DV RI defines the start date of the personal calendar. If PDC is active, then the field 3'& UHFDOFXODWLRQ contains the PDC retroactive calculaiton date.
2WKHU 'DWD
The initial input date for a personnel number is displayed here.
-XQH
6$3 $*
If you account time data using the time evaluation program, you must set the VWDWXV WLPH UHFRUGLQJ for all employees. If you do not, you cannot run the accounting program.
$GGLWLRQDO QRWHV
If you have appropriately configured infotype 0007, you can use the $GGLWLRQDO WLPH ,' field. This field contains a special indicator which is processed in payroll accounting according to specific customer requirements. It is not used in the SAP standard system.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Before the time evaluation program can be run for a particular employee, you must specify the VWDWXV WLPH UHFRUGLQJ in infotype 0007, 3ODQQHG ZRUNLQJ WLPH. Otherwise the system cannot account the employees time data with the time evaluation program.
7LPH ,'
Here you can store time ID data for an employee. This data includes the version number which can be used to assign the employee the same ID number if he/she has lost the ID card.
,QWHUIDFH GDWD
Interface data comprises information required by the time recording terminals. You must enter the VXEV\VWHP JURXSLQJ for employees who clock in/out at a time recording terminal. This field specifies the time recording terminals to which an employees mini-master records are downloaded.
7LPH YDULDEOHV
Here you can set special indicators that can be queried in time evaluation. These indicators are user-definable and can be queried and processed in user-specific personnel calculation rules.
-XQH
6$3 $*
6SHFLDO $EVHQFHV
-XQH
6$3 $*
If you want to enter parental leave for a male employee, use infotype 2001, $EVHQFHV. Absences that you enter in the maternity protection infotype are automatically stored in the $EVHQFHV infotype.
In the customizing system, you can set the dates up to which an employee can apply for parental leave. If these dates are exceeded, the system does not permit entry of the absence type.
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
$XVWUDOLD
3HUVRQDO GDWD $XVWUDOLD >3DJH @ (YHQWV $XVWUDOLD >3DJH @ 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO GDWD $XVWUDOLD >3DJH @ &RQWUDFWXDO DQG FRUSRUDWH DJUHHPHQWV $XVWUDOLD >3DJH @ 3D\UROO GDWD $XVWUDOLD >3DJH @ (YDOXDWLRQ EDVLV $XVWUDOLD >3DJH @ $XWKRUL]DWLRQ PDQDJHPHQW $XVWUDOLD >3DJH @
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
(YHQWV $XVWUDOLD
(YHQWV ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
%HOJLXP
3HUVRQDO GDWD %HOJLXP >3DJH @ (YHQWV %HOJLXP >3DJH @ 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO GDWD %HOJLXP >3DJH @ &RQWUDFWXDO DQG FRUSRUDWH DJUHHPHQWV %HOJLXP >3DJH @ 3D\UROO GDWD %HOJLXP >3DJH @ (YDOXDWLRQ EDVLV %HOJLXP >3DJH @ $XWKRUL]DWLRQ PDQDJHPHQW %HOJLXP >3DJH @
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
(YHQWV %HOJLXP
(YHQWV ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
&DQDGD
3HUVRQDO GDWD &DQDGD >3DJH @ (YHQWV &DQDGD >3DJH @ 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO GDWD &DQDGD >3DJH @ &RQWUDFWXDO DQG FRUSRUDWH DJUHHPHQWV &DQDGD >3DJH @ 3D\UROO GDWD &DQDGD >3DJH @ (YDOXDWLRQ EDVLV &DQDGD >3DJH @ %HQHILWV $GPLQLVWUDWLRQ &DQDGD >3DJH @ $XWKRUL]DWLRQ PDQDJHPHQW &DQDGD >3DJH @
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
(YHQWV &DQDGD
(YHQWV ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
'HQPDUN
3HUVRQDO GDWD 'HQPDUN >3DJH @ (YHQWV 'HQPDUN >3DJH @ 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO GDWD 'HQPDUN >3DJH @ &RQWUDFWXDO DQG FRUSRUDWH DJUHHPHQWV 'HQPDUN >3DJH @ 3D\UROO GDWD 'HQPDUN >3DJH @ (YDOXDWLRQ EDVLV 'HQPDUN >3DJH @ $XWKRUL]DWLRQ PDQDJHPHQW 'HQPDUN >3DJH @
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
(YHQWV 'HQPDUN
(YHQWV ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
)UDQFH
3HUVRQDO GDWD )UDQFH >3DJH @ (YHQWV )UDQFH >3DJH @ 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO GDWD )UDQFH >3DJH @ &RQWUDFWXDO DQG FRUSRUDWH DJUHHPHQWV )UDQFH >3DJH @ 3D\UROO GDWD )UDQFH >3DJH @ (YDOXDWLRQ EDVLV )UDQFH >3DJH @ $XWKRUL]DWLRQ PDQDJHPHQW )UDQFH >3DJH @
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
(YHQWV )UDQFH
(YHQWV ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
*UHDW %ULWDLQ
3HUVRQDO GDWD *UHDW %ULWDLQ >3DJH @ (YHQWV *UHDW %ULWDLQ >3DJH @ 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO GDWD *UHDW %ULWDLQ >3DJH @ &RQWUDFWXDO DQG FRUSRUDWH DJUHHPHQWV *UHDW %ULWDLQ >3DJH @ 3D\UROO GDWD *UHDW %ULWDLQ >3DJH @ (YDOXDWLRQ EDVLV *UHDW %ULWDLQ >3DJH @ $XWKRUL]DWLRQ PDQDJHPHQW *UHDW %ULWDLQ >3DJH @
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
,QGRQHVLD
3HUVRQDO 'DWD >3DJH @ (YHQWV >3DJH @2UJDQL]DWLRQDO GDWD >3DJH @ &RQWUDFWXDO DQG FRUSRUDWH DJUHHPHQWV >3DJH @ 3D\UROO GDWD >3DJH @ (YDOXDWLRQ EDVLV >3DJH @ $XWKRUL]DWLRQ PDQDJHPHQW >3DJH @
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-DSDQ
3HUVRQDO GDWD -DSDQ >3DJH @ (YHQWV -DSDQ >3DJH @ 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO GDWD -DSDQ >3DJH @ &RQWUDFWXDO DQG FRUSRUDWH DJUHHPHQWV -DSDQ >3DJH @ 3D\UROO GDWD -DSDQ >3DJH @ (YDOXDWLRQ EDVLV -DSDQ >3DJH @ $XWKRUL]DWLRQ PDQDJHPHQW -DSDQ >3DJH @
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
(YHQWV -DSDQ
(YHQWV ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
0H[LFR
3HUVRQDO GDWD >3DJH @ (YHQWV >3DJH @ 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO GDWD >3DJH @ &RQWUDFWXDO DQG FRUSRUDWH DJUHHPHQWV >3DJH @ 3D\UROO GDWD >3DJH @ (YDOXDWLRQ EDVLV >3DJH @ $XWKRUL]DWLRQ PDQDJHPHQW >3DJH @
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
(YHQWV 0H[LFR
(YHQWV ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
6LQJDSRUH
3HUVRQDO GDWD 6LQJDSRUH >3DJH @ (YHQWV 6LQJDSRUH >3DJH @ 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO GDWD 6LQJDSRUH >3DJH @ &RQWUDFWXDO DQG FRUSRUDWH DJUHHPHQWV 6LQJDSRUH >3DJH @ 3D\UROO GDWD 6LQJDSRUH >3DJH @ (YDOXDWLRQ EDVLV 6LQJDSRUH >3DJH @ $XWKRUL]DWLRQ PDQDJHPHQW 6LQJDSRUH >3DJH @
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
(YHQWV 6LQJDSRUH
(YHQWV ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
6RXWK $IULFD
3HUVRQDO GDWD 6RXWK $IULFD >3DJH @ (YHQWV 6RXWK $IULFD >3DJH @ 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO GDWD 6RXWK $IULFD >3DJH @ &RQWUDFWXDO DQG FRUSRUDWH DJUHHPHQWV 6RXWK $IULFD >3DJH @ 3D\UROO GDWD 6RXWK $IULFD >3DJH @ (YDOXDWLRQ EDVLV 6RXWK $IULFD >3DJH @ $XWKRUL]DWLRQ PDQDJHPHQW 6RXWK $IULFD >3DJH @
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
6SDLQ
3HUVRQDO GDWD 6SDLQ >3DJH @ (YHQWV 6SDLQ >3DJH @ 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO GDWD 6SDLQ >3DJH @ &RQWUDFWXDO DQG FRUSRUDWH DJUHHPHQWV 6SDLQ >3DJH @ 3D\UROO GDWD 6SDLQ >3DJH @ (YDOXDWLRQ EDVLV 6SDLQ >3DJH @ $XWKRUL]DWLRQ PDQDJHPHQW 6SDLQ >3DJH @
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
(YHQWV 6SDLQ
(YHQWV ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
6ZLW]HUODQG
3HUVRQDO 'DWD 6ZLW]HUODQG >3DJH @ (YHQW 6ZLW]HUODQG >3DJH @ 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO 'DWD 6ZLW]HUODQG >3DJH @ &RQWUDFWXDO DQG &RUSRUDWH $JUHHPHQWV 6ZLW]HUODQG >3DJH @ 3D\UROO GDWD 6ZLW]HUODQG >3DJH @ (YDOXDWLRQ %DVLV 6ZLW]HUODQG >3DJH @ $XWKRUL]DWLRQ PDQDJHPHQW 6ZLW]HUODQG >3DJH @
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
(YHQW 6ZLW]HUODQG
(YHQWV ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
7KH 1HWKHUODQGV
3HUVRQDO 'DWD 7KH 1HWKHUODQGV >3DJH @ (YHQWV 7KH 1HWKHUODQGV >3DJH @ 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO 'DWD 7KH 1HWKHUODQGV >3DJH @ &RQWUDFWXDO DQG &RUSRUDWH $JUHHPHQWV 7KH 1HWKHUODQGV >3DJH @ 3D\UROO $FFRXQWLQJ 7KH 1HWKHUODQGV >3DJH @ (YDOXDWLRQ %DVLV 7KH 1HWKHUODQGV >3DJH @ $XWKRUL]DWLRQ PDQDJHPHQW 7KH 1HWKHUODQGV >3DJH @
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
(YHQWV 86$
(YHQWV ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
:RUN 7D[ $UHD ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @ 8QHPSOR\PHQW 6WDWH ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @ :LWKKROGLQJ ,QIRUPDWLRQ ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @ $GGLWLRQDO :LWKKROGLQJ ,QIRUPDWLRQ ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @ 2WKHU 7D[HV ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @ ,56 /LPLWV ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
2WKHU FRXQWULHV
3HUVRQDO GDWD >3DJH @ (YHQWV >3DJH @ 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO GDWD >3DJH @ &RQWUDFWXDO DQG FRUSRUDWH DJUHHPHQWV >3DJH @ 3D\UROO GDWD >3DJH @ (YDOXDWLRQ EDVLV >3DJH @ $XWKRUL]DWLRQ PDQDJHPHQW >3DJH @
-XQH
6$3 $*
3HUVRQDO GDWD
$GGUHVVHV ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @ %DQN 'HWDLOV ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @ &KDOOHQJH ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @ )DPLO\ 5HODWHG 3HUVRQ ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @ ,QWHUQDO 0HGLFDO 6HUYLFH ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @ 3HUVRQDO 'DWD ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @
-XQH
6$3 $*
(YHQWV
(YHQWV ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @
-XQH
6$3 $*
2UJDQL]DWLRQDO GDWD
&RVW 'LVWULEXWLRQ ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @ 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO $VVLJQPHQW ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @ 5HIHUHQFH 3HUVRQQHO 1XPEHU ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @ 5HIHUHQFH 3HUVRQQHO 1XPEHU 3ULRULW\ ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
3D\UROO GDWD
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
-XQH
6$3 $*
(YDOXDWLRQ EDVLV
'DWH 6SHFLILFDWLRQV ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @ 0RQLWRULQJ RI 'DWHV ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @ 0XWXDO ,QGHPQLW\ 6RFLHW\ ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @ 6WDWLVWLFV ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @
-XQH
6$3 $*
$XWKRUL]DWLRQ PDQDJHPHQW
7HVW 3URFHGXUHV ,QIRW\SH >3DJH @
-XQH
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK ,QIRW\SHV 3D\UROO $FFRXQWLQJ DQG 0DVWHU 'DWD LQ DOSKDEHWLFDO RUGHU
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
When you enter an absence type with quota deduction, the system checks the existing quotas. Only if sufficient quotas are available can the absence record be stored. Quotas are updated automatically. Which absence types are permissible for an existing quota depends on the settings in the customizing system.
In the SAP standard system, leave entitlement is entered as absence quota . You can set up absence quotas for fixed times and for hours or days. You can also assign quotas which allow employees to be absent a certain number of hours within a specific time interval. An absence quota can be accumulated automatically by the time evaluation program. This, for example, can be leave which is accumulated only if an employee performs certain work. An absence quota can also be accumulated through attendance quotas for which an employee receives time off as compensation. This can be defined in the RYHUWLPH FRPSHQVDWLRQ W\SH field in infotype 2007, Attendance quotas [Page 241]. You may not manually change absence quotas which the system has accumulated automatically.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Depending on how you set up the customizing system, either a warning or error message is displayed if the begin and/or end date or validity period of an absence record falls on an employees day off.
1DWLRQDO IHDWXUHV
National features must be taken into account for some absence types. You can either enter these absence types in the absence infotype or in special infotypes such as: Maternity Protection (Infotype 0080) [Page 359] Military Service (Infotype 0081) [Page 362]
-XQH
6$3 $*
You can also use this infotype to store national features for entry of work incapacity for France and the Netherlands. Please refer to: Absences (Infotype 2001): National Features for France [Ext.] Absences (Infotype 2001): National Features for the Netherlands [Ext.] Absences (Infotype 2001): National Features for Germany [Ext.] Absences (Infotype 2001): National Features for Austria [Ext.] For the purposes of SSP and SMP recording in Great Britain, a number of records need to be maintained for employees in addition to infotype 2001, $EVHQFHV. For further information please see the section Absence Recording - GB in the Time Management documentation.
-XQH
6$3 $*
$GGLWLRQDO 'HGXFWLRQ
If an additional deduction becomes necessary, as in the example of an employee who has received a one-time bonus payment, you must make an additional deductions adjustment. The &DVH 1XPEHU and the ,QWHUQDO 1XPEHU are fields for you information from the main *DUQLVKPHQW 'RFXPHQW infotype. The 6HTXHQFH 1XPEHU is the number of all adjustments. If you insert a new adjustment the system gives you a new number. You can not overwrite the 5HDVRQ RI $GMXVWPHQW field. If you wish to make a different kind of adjustment you must select that particular menu option. You must enter the date on which you make the adjustment in the 'DWH RI $GMXVWPHQW field. Every *DUQLVKPHQW 2UGHU 7\SH has a 6HTXHQFH 1XPEHU. You have to fill in the 6HTXHQFH 1XPEHU to the 2UGHU 7\SH to which you are referring in the 6HT1R *DUQ 2UGHUV field. This is very important. Possible entries are the valid sequence numbers of the order types in the infotype *DUQLVKPHQW 2UGHU. The 2UGHU 7\SH is displayed for your information. Remember, in this case, it is the order type which belongs to the 6HTXHQFH 1XPEHU. You must then enter the amount of the additional deduction.
-XQH
6$3 $*
$GGLWLRQDO )XQGV
Depending on an employees ethnic origin, he may have to make statutory payments to an additional fund (e.g. SINDA), the amount of which depends on his wages. The fund that applies to his ethnic group is defaulted by the system in accordance with the information you stored in the infotypes Personal Data and Additional Personal Data. It is also possible that an employee wants to make voluntary contributions to other funds, which he normally does not need to contribute to, or wants to contribute more than the legally required amount. In this case, you can specify a flat amount to be deducted and flag the field :DJH LQGHS.. Note that this amount must exceed the statutory amount if it is to be used for a fund which is wage dependent.
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
3D\LQJ RIILFHV
In the field 3D\LQJ RIILFHV you can specify three different assignments for each employee. You can then sort the payroll statements according to one of these paying offices, if you want to be able to distribute them in your company.
7LPH WDUJHWV
You can use the fields 0LQLPXP and 0D[LPXP to control a piece work calculation.
5HGXFHG KRXUV
By using the company department, you can assign your employees to the organizational entity for the reduced hours payroll accounting.
-XQH
6$3 $*
$GGLWLRQDO 3D\PHQWV
In the field :DJH W\SH you must enter the wage type that is to be paid or deducted. In conjuntion with the :DJH W\SH you must either maintain the field $PRXQW or the fields 1XPEHU and 8QLW The system checks the combination that you have entered. The currency is proposed as a default value on the basis of the company code and can be overwritten. The fields )URP and 7R are replaced by the field 'DWH RI RULJLQ. The system determines the validity period on the basis of the payroll period in which the date of origin occurs. The system uses the last day of the current payroll period as the 'DWH RI RULJLQ of the additional payment. You can overwrite this default value by entering a different date in the field 'DWH RI RULJLQ or by entering the required payroll period and payroll year in the fields 'HIDXOW GDWH. If a different payroll period is entered in the fields 'HIDXOW GDWH the system proposes the last day of the specified payroll period as the date of origin. If an interim document for a transfer has been created for a wage type by the report 35(/,0,1$5< '$7$ 0(',80 (;&+$1*( 352*5$0 (RPCDTBX0), then the field 7UDQVIHU SHULRG appears on the single screen. In this instance, the wage type can no longer be deleted. Infotype 0015 $GGLWLRQDO 3D\PHQWV enables you to enter a cost assignment. This means that additional payments can be assigned to individual objects within cost accounting. You can enter a cost assignment on the subsequent screen by using the &RVW DVVLJQPHQW pushbutton. If cost assignment data has been maintained, this is displayed on the first screen. 3OHDVH VHH Basic Pay (Infotype 0008) [Page 249] Recurring Payments and Deductions (Infotype 0014) [Page 402]
-XQH
6$3 $*
This infotype is used most effectively by being included n the New Hire Event.
In the USA and Canada this infotype is used mostly for EEO/EEA reports to the respective governments.
-XQH
6$3 $*
This infotype is used most effectively by being included in the New Hire Event.
-XQH
6$3 $*
5HJXODU $9&V
You can either enter details in the 6XSSOHPHQW field of the particular pension scheme record, or set up a dummy scheme specifically for these contributions
$G KRF $9&V
If an employee makes irregular AVCs, it is advisable to set up a dummy pension scheme for each contribution. The scheme that you set up should be valid for the payroll period in which the employee wishes to make the AVC.
-XQH
6$3 $*
$GGLWLRQDO LQIRUPDWLRQ
Whether the payroll uses the supplemental method you define here, or the standard method to calculate withholding tax from payment(s) to an employee is determined when the payment is entered into the system. Please see the Wage type section for further information. If an employee is employed in one US state and is resident in another, (s)he may not be liable to pay withholding tax in the state in which (s)he works. For some tax authorities the employee must provide a certificate before the employer is allowed to exempt the employee from the tax.
-XQH
6$3 $*
3HUPDQHQW UHVLGHQFH 7HPSRUDU\ UHVLGHQFH +RPH DGGUHVV (PHUJHQF\ DGGUHVV 0DLOLQJ DGGUHVV 1XUVLQJ DGGUHVV
)RUHLJQ DGGUHVVHV
There are many different entry screens for the individual country versions for the infotype $GGUHVVHV (0006). When you create an address, the system will choose the country screen which corresponds to the country of the personnel area to which the employee/applicant was assigned to in the infotype 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO $VVLJQPHQW If you want to choose a country screen other than the one suggested by the system, to enter a foreign address for your employee/applicant, then you can do this by using the function )RUHLJQ DGGUHVV You can find this function on the entry screen of the infotype $GGUHVVHV
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
Children that have a record in the infotype $QQXDO ,QFRPH &KLOG $OORZDQFH (0119), must also have a record in the infotype )DPLO\5HODWHG 3HUVRQV (0021).
$VVHVVPHQW GDWD
Based on te entries in the fields 9DOLG the system suggests the entries for the fields &DOFXODWLRQ \HDU and $VVHVVPHQW GDWH You can overwrite these default values. You cannot make an entrie in the fields 6WDQGDUG DQQXDO LQFRPH DQG &KLOG DOORZDQFH VXP The system will determine these based on the entries for &DOFXODWLRQ KHOS
&DOFXODWLRQ KHOS
Based on the entries in the fields 7RWDO LQFRPH and 7RWDO GHGXFWLRQV and the authorization and spouses the standard annual income is determined. You cannot make an entry in the field 7D[ H[HPSW DPRXQW The tax exempt amount is determined by the system.
-XQH
6$3 $*
system-based procedures (e.g. ,QLWLDO HQWU\ RI EDVLF GDWD, (QWHU DGGLWLRQDO GDWD) procedures which change the status of the applicant (e.g. 5HMHFW DSSOLFDQW, 3XW DSSOLFDQW RQ KROG)
The most important piece of information contained in this infotype is the applicant status (for example, processing, on hold, rejected), which is determined by the applicant event type that was last performed. If, for example, the applicant event type 3XW DSSOLFDQW RQ KROG was run for an applicant, the applicant would have the status 2Q KROG The applicant status is thus changed by the creation of a new record in the infotype. In the infotype $SSOLFDQW (YHQWV (0000), you can also store the name of the employee who is acting as a reference for the applicant, if the applicant can provide a reference.
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
$SSUDLVDO
When you create a record for this infotype, the system proposes certain appraisal criteria with the corresponding weighting. If necessary, you can overwrite and enhance the default criteria. In the field $SSUDLVDO enter the appraisal value attained for the appraisal criteria. In the field &RUUHFW you can enter an additional correction value. Thus allowing you to grade the value for an appraisal criteria more finely. The system automatically determines the point value of a appraisal criterium by using the appraisal criteria weighting and the appraisal value and correction value entered by the evaluater. If your collective agreement has a group valuation, enter the employees group number here.
$SSUDLVDO DWWULEXWHV
Enter the appraisal date and the name of the evaluater. You can also specify whether the appraisal is pay effective and whether the employee has been notified of the appraisal.
-XQH
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK $VVLJQPHQW RI ((2 DQG $$3 &DWHJRULHV WR -REV 3' ,QIRW\SH
6$3 $*
You want to maintain EEO/AAP categories for a newly created job classification. For job no. 50000101, Department Manager, make the following entry: 9DOLG GDWHV ((2 &DWHJRU\ $$3 &DWHJRU\ 01/01/97 - 12/31/97 01 - Officers and Managers 02 - Managers
When selecting from the list of PD infotypes, ensure that the country indicator is set for US.
-XQH
6$3 $*
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK
You have defined organizational unit 407, Human Resources, in the system. If the state of California, in which this department was located, has a workers compensation classification code 9901 (Office and Clerical) for 1997, you would make the following entry to complete the assignment of this code to your department: 2UJ8QLW 7H[W :& 6WDWH 'HVFU. :& 7H[W )URP 7R CA California 407 Human Resources
When selecting from the list of PD infotypes, ensure that the country indicator is set for US.
5HODWHG ,QIRW\SH
PD Infotype 1613 allows you to assign workers compensation classification codes directly to individual positions. For further information, see: Assignment of Workers Compensation Codes to Positions (PD Infotype 1613) [Page 240]
-XQH
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK $VVLJQPHQW RI :RUNHUV &RPSHQVDWLRQ &RGHV WR 3RVLWLRQV 3' ,QIRW\SH
6$3 $*
An employee with personnel number 50000084 works in the Food Production department. You have assigned workers compensation classification code 9901 to this department. However, this employees position involves machine maintenance. Assign classification code 9910 (Machine Maintenance) to this position instead of 9901 (Food Production).
The infotype table differs slightly from the maintenance view in the IMG - you can assign a number of state-specific attributes to positions using the infotype table. These state-specific attributes must be maintained in separate steps within the IMG.
5HODWHG ,QIRW\SH
PD Infotype 1612 allows you to assign workers compensation classification codes to organizational units. For further information, see: Assignment of Workers Compensation Codes to Organizational Units (PD Infotype 1612) [Page 239]
-XQH
6$3 $*
The attendance quota type $SSURYHG RYHUWLPH is only relevant for time evaluation. Here, the system checks whether the employees attendance quota is sufficient. You can use the RYHUWLPH FRPSHQVDWLRQ W\SH field to define how overtime is to be deducted and compensated.
-XQH
6$3 $*
A business trip is a typical attendance. The employee is not at his/her workplace but nonetheless works for the company. Attendances are divided into attendance types. Attendance types are subtypes of infotype 2002, $WWHQGDQFHV. A special feature of the $WWHQGDQFHV infotype are the different entry screens for the different groups of subtypes. This allows you to enter specific data for the related attendance. The SAP standard system has entry screens for: JHQHUDO DWWHQGDQFHV. This entry screen is used for all attendances that require no special processing (e.g. business trip). Payroll hours and days are also displayed here. DWWHQGDQFHV ZLWK TXRWD GHGXFWLRQ. This entry screen can be used for the DWWHQGDQFH ZLWK TXRWD GHGXFWLRQ attendance type. It has special fields and additional screens which allow you to check the quota deduction. When you enter an attendance type with quota deduction, the system checks the existing quotas. Only if sufficient quotas are available can an attendance record be stored. Quotas are automatically updated by the system. In the customizing system, you can define the attendance quota types from which a particular attendance type can be deducted. When you enter attendance types, the system automatically calculates the number of attendance hours and days taking into account the employees planned working time and days off. You can overwrite the hour fields. Unlike absence times, attendance times can extend beyond an employees daily planned working time.
3D\PHQW GDWD
There are two ways of entering a different payment resulting from a particular attendance in the system: 1. :DJH W\SH You can enter the payment for an attendance directly in the :DJH W\SH field. This field, which is not used in the standard system, can be queried in payroll accounting or time evaluation. 2. 'LIIHUHQW SD\PHQW Use the menu path *RWR 'LIIHUHQW SD\PHQW to enter information for different payment. You can: assign a premium
-XQH
6$3 $*
redefine payment by assigning a pay scale group and level control payment by entering a different position add or deduct a specific amount using the Extra pay indicator and the Valuation basis
-XQH
6$3 $*
In the PA system, availability is work which is performed outside of an employees planned working time. When you create an availability record, the employees work schedule is not overwritten. Availability types are subtypes of the $YDLODELOLW\ infotype. The SAP standard system contains has the following availability types: subtype 01 : RQFDOO GXW\ - time constraint 01 subtype 02 : RQFDOO GXW\ subtype 03 : RQFDOO GXW\ subtype 04 : RQFDOO GXW\ subtype 05 : RQFDOO GXW\
$YDLODELOLW\ W\SHV
$YDLODELOLW\ EDVHG RQ IL[HG WLPHV Use this availability type if an employee has on-call duty during a specific time period within planned working time. For employees with on-call duty, you can enter times which do not define an interval but the begin and end times of a complete availability.
An employees on-call duty goes from 3 p.m. on Friday to 8 a.m. on Monday. You can create a record containing this data. $YDLODELOLW\ EDVHG RQ D GDLO\ ZRUN VFKHGXOH This availability type uses the planned working times or the availability times stipulated in the daily work schedule. These times may overlap those specified in the employees work schedule which is not the case for an DYDLODELOLW\ EDVHG RQ IL[HG WLPHV This allows you to enter an availability which is valid during an employees normal working time. For this availability type, you may use only those daily work schedules which you have indicated as permissible for an availability in the customizing system. $YDLODELOLW\ EDVHG RQ D ZRUN VFKHGXOH UXOH
-XQH
6$3 $*
You can use this availability type if you want to take into account the work cycle specified in the period work schedule which is not the case in the DYDLODELOLW\ EDVHG RQ D GDLO\ ZRUN VFKHGXOH The times of this availability type may overlap the work schedule. In this infotype, you may use only those work schedule rules which you have indicated as permissible for an availability in the customizing system.
3D\PHQW GDWD
There are two ways of entering a different payment resulting from an availability in the system: 1. $YDLODELOLW\ W\SH The availability type can be queried and evaluated in payroll accounting. 2. 'LIIHUHQW SD\PHQW Use the menu path *RWR 'LIIHUHQW SD\PHQW to enter information on different payment for an availability. You can: assign a premium redefine payment by assigning a pay scale group and level control payment by entering a different position add or deduct a specific amount using the Extra pay indicator and the Valuation basis
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
%DQN FRQQHFWLRQ
By using the 3D\PHQW PHWKRG you can determine how the payment is to be paid. In the field 3XUSRVH enter the relevant text. This field will not be validated against a table. When you enter the additional bank connection or the travel expenses, the fields 6WDQGDUG YDOXH and 6WDQGDUG SHUFHQWDJH also appear. You must enter either an amount or a percentage for the additional bank connenction.
1DWLRQDO )HDWXUHV
3OHDVH VHH Bank Details (Infotype 0009): National Features The Netherlands [Page 248]
-XQH
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK %DQN 'HWDLOV ,QIRW\SH 1DWLRQDO )HDWXUHV 7KH 1HWKHUODQGV
6$3 $*
%DQN GHWDLOV
The banks in the Netherlands do not use a bank key. However, we do make the distinction between the two types of banks, i.e. bank and post office bank. This distinction is necessary for the infotype %DQN 'HWDLOV because when you enter the account number for the bank country NL, the system checks your formal validity based on the bank type chosen. You must, therefore, store the desired bank type, i.e. bank or post office bank, in the required entry field %DQN NH\ Based on this, the account number entered in the field %DQN DFFRXQW must comply with the following criteria:
Bank key %: The account number must include ten characters and it must fulfill the mathematical conditions of the so-called (OISURHI Bank key 3: The account number must be exactly seven characters long. The (OISURHI criteria does not apply here.
You can attain the required account number length of ten or seven characters by entering leading zeros.
The system automatically fills in the fields %DQN FRXQWU\ and &XUUHQF\ These values can be overwritten. The default values are based on the company code or the country assignment that you entered for the employee in the infotype 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO $VVLJQPHQW (0001).
-XQH
6$3 $*
In customizing, you can set up additional subtypes. On the single screen, you can not make an entry for the contract type subtype. However, when you add a new record, the contract type will have already been entered on the menu screen. When you carry out an event, the contract type will have already been defined.
3D\ VFDOH
The 3D\ VFDOH DUHD and the 3D\ VFDOH W\SH will be proposed as defaults. However, these values can be overwritten.
:DJH W\SHV
When you create a record, the ZDJH W\SHV will be proposed. Some of the wage types cannot be overwritten or deleted. Up 20 wage types can be entered. The wage types are distributed over several pages. You can use the scroll functions to scroll through the list.
1DWLRQDO )HDWXUHV
3OHDVH VHH Basic Pay (Infotype 0008): National Features Germany [Page 250] Basic Pay (Infotype 0008): National Features Spain [Page 251]
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
%HQHILFLDU\
In this section, if there is a beneficiary or co-owner of the bond(s), select the relevant radio button. Enter his/her name and SSN/Tax ID. 3OHDVH VHH Bond purchases (Infotype 0103) [Page 253]
-XQH
6$3 $*
%RQG SXUFKDVH
In this section you should enter the Bond purchase amount. The Cost of bonds field is automatically populated by the system.
'HGXFWLRQ
In this section you enter the wage type and the amount that the employee is to pay, at each payroll run for the bond.
3D\PHQW IUHTXHQF\
In this last section you make entries in either the left or right hand column. The first row indicates when the first payment is to be made. The second shows the interval at which this is done. 3OHDVH VHH Bond denominations (Infotype 0104) [Page 252]
-XQH
6$3 $*
(YHQW GDWD
This section stores the data concerning the qualifying event experienced by the individual. This includes the COBRA event type, the date it occurred, if it was a second event, and the date it was detected by the event collection . The benefit area, group and status of the covered employee, through whom the qualified beneficiary is covered and the state details are also stored here.
&2%5$ GDWD
This section stores the data relating to how you administer COBRA. This includes the COBRA status which tells you at what stage is the administration for that qualified beneficiary. The termination reason gives why (if at all) the COBRA coverage was terminated early. The notification date, reply sent date and payment due dates are also stored here.
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
When several capital formatin contracts exist for one employee, you must create a subtype for each contract.
-XQH
6$3 $*
&3)
Depending on the nationality and the residence status of the employee, he has to make his contributions to the CPF itself, the FWL or to the Scheme for Permanent Residents. You can enter the appropriate fund in the field )XQG W\SH. Select $GMXVWPHQWV RQ $: if the employees contributions on additional wages are to be adjusted on a monthly or yearly basis by comparing his current additional wages with those of the previous year. This adjustment is then carried out during the payroll run.
&3) 9ROXQWDU\
In this section, you can enter data on an employees voluntary contributions to the CPF exceeding the legally required rates.
If you select the field &3) YROXQWDU\, the data you enter in this section will always be used to calculate the employees contributions, even if the amounts or rates you entered are lower than the legally required ones! You can either use a percentage of the employees salary or a flat amount as his contribution to the CPF. If you enter data in the fields )L[HG UDWH or )ODW DPRXQW, the respective value will be directly used to calculate the contribution. If you enter data in the fields ,Q H[FHVV RI VWDWXWRU\ UDWH or ,Q H[FHVV RI VWDWXWRU\ amount, the respective value will be added to the normal, legally required one, thus forming the final value to be used in the calculation of the contribution. The distinction in (PSOR\HH and (PSOR\HU fields are used to split the contribution between them. If you enter values in both fields, the entry in the (PSOR\HU row is interpreted as the final amount or rate to be used, while the value in the (PSOR\HH row depicts the part of the contribution that the employer can reclaim from the employee. If you leave one field blank, the contribution is paid solely by whichever party you selected.
-XQH
6$3 $*
&KDOOHQJH 'DWD
If the history for the infotype &KDOOHQJH (0004) is to agree with the history contained on the ID card for severely challenged persons, then we recommend that the infotype is delimited in accordance with the data on the ID card. The date in the field ,' HQG GDWH is used to create the severely challenged directory. The infotype record end date is used to display a list of severely challenged persons. Before you can enter additional leave for severely challenged persons, a record for infotype &KDOOHQJH (0004) with a degree of challenge of at least 50 out of a hundred must exist.
If a person loses his/her severely challenged status, it is legally possible to include this person in the list for severely challenged persons three months after the ID has expired. To do this, delimit the infotype record using a date that is three months after the ID cards expiration date.
,VVXLQJ $XWKRULW\
This set of data contains information on the authorities that issue the challenge certificates. Here you have to maintain the information on the administrative office, the company reference number for the administrative office and the issue date.
If no details have been entered for the first issuing authority then the data stored for the second issuing authority is used. The system will then delete the field contents for the second issuing authority.
-XQH
6$3 $*
'UDIW FHUWLILFDWH
If you return the child allowance certificate, maintaini the data under this heading. If the child allowance certificate is returned, select the field QRW VXEPLWWHG and enter a ,VVXH GDWH In the field 3D\HH you can determine whether the certificate is given to the employer or directly to the family cash office. You can enter the reason for returning the certificate in the field +DQG RYHU UHDVRQ For further information on maintaining the infotype &KLOG $OORZDQFH (0232), please refer to the PA Payroll Accounting online guide.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Subtype 1: Child allowance bonus Subtype 2: Regular payment The regular monthly payment of the child allownce bonus can be granted, on the condition that its repayment may be required, if a credible claim can be made for the current calendar year to the effect that the expected amount of income will be less than the basic exemption amount.
Subtype 3: Difference in regular payment Based on the expected amount of income, the employee has received a child allowance bonus in the form of a regular payment. The final tax statements for the year of entitlement show the differences for the approved values for the regular payment.
For further information on the functions and possible entries, press F1 and F4 respectively.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Children that have a record in the infotype &KLOG $OORZDQFH &LYLO 6HUYLFH (0118) must have a record in the infotype )DPLO\5HODWHG 3HUVRQ (0021).
&KLOG GDWD
Under this heading, you can only make an entry in the field &KLOG QXPEHU By entering the child number, the system will automatically fill in the fields Name, First name and Date of birth from the data stored for that child in the infotype )DPLO\5HODWHG 3HUVRQ (0021).
-XQH
6$3 $*
The key for the subtype in the active SAP system must always correspond to the subtype key that you entered in the implementation guide for 3HUVRQQHO 3ODQQLQJ DQG 'HYHORSPHQW in the book *OREDO 6HWWLQJV IRU 3HUVRQQHO 3ODQQLQJ DQG 'HYHORSPHQW in the step ,QGLFDWH DFWLYH 6$3 6\VWHP
Subtype 0002: 81,; Subtype 0003: /RWXV 1RWHV Subtype 0004: ,QWHUQHW Subtype 0005: )D[ Subtype 0006: 9RLFHPDLO Subtype 0011: &UHGLW FDUG QXPEHU
You can set up additional communication types as subtypes in customizing. The infotype &RPPXQLFDWLRQ performs the following tasks:
It stores the system user name that is necessary for using the 6$3%XVLQHVV :RUNIORZ and the 6$32IILFH The user name that was set up in the subtype for the active SAP system, is used for both of these applications. It stores an employees communication data, for example the fax number or the internet address.
&RPPXQLFDWLRQ
Here, you enter the communication type (e.g. SAP system, Internet) and the employees system user name for the communication type.
-XQH
6$3 $*
To distinguish the credit cards from different credit card companies from each other, the first two positions of the field ,'QXPEHU have been defined with an ID code which corresponds to the individual credit card companies. These identification codes are:
AX DI EC TP VI
-XQH
6$3 $*
data that is relevant for payroll By entering the appropriate indicator for the commuter lump sum, the system knows which lump-sum amount will be taken into consideration when the assessment basis is determined. When this involves commuter lump sums for work traffic, you must also specify the actual transportation costs incurred by the employee.
additional information This data has no effect on payroll accounting. It basically corresponds to the data that the employee must enter on the official form (Declaration for commuter lump sum). The main advantage of this, is that you can trace the details for commuter lump sums that are constantly changing at a glance.
Please note that the commuter lump sum is only saved as an indicator here. This indicator is then used to choose a lump sum from the list of amounts. When you have made an entry, the system checks to see whether data is available in the infotype )LVFDO 'DWD (0042) for the specified period. If the employee claims the commuter lump sum for transportation with costs in works traffic, then you must specify the actual size of the expenses. You can find additional information on the functions and possible entries by pressing F1 and F4 respectively.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Method 1: Entry of the commuting reimbursement in the infotype 5HFXUULQJ 3D\PHQWV'HGXFWLRQV (0014) In this method, the commuting costs reimbursed by the employer are entered as a wage type in the infotype 5HFXUULQJ 3D\PHQWV'HGXFWLRQV (0014). The information in the infotype &RPPXWHU 7UDIILF are only used to calculate the tax-exempt share. The statutory flat-rate amounts for 2ZQ PHDQV RI WUDQVSRUWDWLRQ ((LJHQ YHUYRHU) are read from the table 9DVWH YHUJRHGLQJHQ ZRRQZHUNYHUNHHU (T5N4A).
Method 2: Calculation of the commuting reimbursement using the customer table 9HUJRHGLQJ ZRRQZHUNYHUNHHU (T5N4D) Instead of table T5N4A which contains the statutory tax-exempt flat-rate amounts, you can use the table 9HUJRHGLQJ ZRRQZHUNYHUNHHU (T5N4D) and define your own amounts.
Method 3: Entry of kilometers and days in technical wage types In this calculation method, the system reads the number of kilometers and days from the infotype &RPPXWHU 7UDIILF and provides the relevant technical wage types for further processing.
Method 4: Reimbursement of commuting costs based on the amounts specified in the infotype &RPPXWHU 7UDIILF (0127) Commuting costs are reimbursed according to the values entered in the infotype &RPPXWHU 7UDIILF. The field 5HLPEXUVHPHQW (9HUJRHGLQJ) is important here. It contains the amount which the employer pays for the means of transport used by the employee. This amount is split into a tax-exempt and a taxable share in the payroll run.
Method 5: Calculation of the commuting reimbursement using a constant The commuting reimbursement amounts are calculated using a constant from table T511K: This constant is multiplied by the number of days.
&RPPXWLQJ :RRQZHUNYHUNHHU
In the Commuting fields, you can specify how many times a week an employee uses a particular means of transport to travel from his/her place of residence to the place of work. You can also
-XQH
6$3 $*
enter the distance of a one-way trip. The distance is calculated from house to house; this means that the journey to the train station or bus stop is also included in the number of kilometers. The distances can differ depending on which means of transport the employee uses. If you have set up calculation method 4 in customizing using the feature NLWWB, this field group also contains the field 5HLPEXUVHPHQW (9HUJRHGLQJ). This field contains the commuting reimbursement amount paid by the employer. This amount is split into a tax-exempt and a taxable share in the payroll run.
1. You can determine the total number of days in an infotype record by defining a validation check in customizing using the feature NLWVC. Data can, for example, be validated against the field :HHNO\ ZRUNGD\V in the infotype 3ODQQHG :RUNLQJ 7LPH. Either the first or last valid record can be used for the validation check, depending on what you have specified in the feature NLWVC. 2. If you have customized your system accordingly, default values automatically appear in several fields. These can be taken from the infotypes $GGUHVVHV (0006) and 3ODQQHG :RUNLQJ 7LPH (0007), and are set in customizing using the feature NLWWV. If these two infotypes have several records in the period under review, the values of the first or last valid record can be used as defaults. This setting is also made using the feature NLWWV.
-XQH
6$3 $*
,QVWUXFWLRQV
In the field 5HFHLYHG RQ enter the date on which the instruction was given.
The standard SAP system does not use this infotype in reporting. You can use this infotype in your own reporting.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Subtype 0001: /LIH ,QVXUDQFH Subtype 0002: *URXS $FFLGHQW ,QVXUDQFH Subtype 0003: 3HQVLRQ ,QVXUDQFH ZLWK &DSLWDO ,QYHVWPHQW 2SWLRQ Subtype 0004: :KROH /LIH ,QVXUDQFH Subtype 0005: $FFLGHQW ,QVXUDQFH ZLWK 3UHPLXP 5HIXQG
-XQH
6$3 $*
You can set up additional loan types as subtypes in customizing. Together with the /RDQ W\SH the value identifies an individual loan in the field &RQVHFXWLYH QXPEHU As a result, several loans with the same loan type can be authorized for one employee.
/RDQ WHUPV
In the field /RDQ WHUPV you enter the key for the given terms. You can set these loan terms up in Customizing. F4 displays all the possible entries for this field. To obtain information on the interest rate or on the interest and repayment pattern, choose the push button /RDQ WHUPV In the field 5HSD\PHQW VWDUW you determine when the repayments are to start. Whereas the interest payments will be immediately taken into consideration by the employees payroll once the loan starts to be paid. You can choose the 5HSD\PHQW UDWH independently from the other terms.
$SSURYDO
In the field /RDQ DPRXQW you can enter which amount has been approved for the respective loan. The total loan payment cannot exceed this amount. In addition to this, you can specifiy the 'DWH of the approval in the field of the same name.
/RDQ VWDWXV
In the field 3DLG ORDQ DPRXQW the system displays the total of all the actual aswell as planned payments. This field is not ready for input. The payments are entered in the infotype /RDQ ,2 (0078).
-XQH
6$3 $*
To obtain information on loans that have already been paid, choose the pushbutton %DODQFH The value in the field RSHQ ORDQ contains athe total of the actual loan amounts paid minus the repayments already paid. This value is derived from the employees payroll data and for this reason, it is always based on the latest payroll. You can obtain the date of this payroll run from the field 3D\UROO VWDWXV For further information on maintaining the infotype /RDQV (0045), please refer to the Payroll online guide. 3OHDVH VHH Loan Payments (Infotype 0078) [Page 358] Company Loans (Infotype 0045): National features Mexico [Page 271]
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
3HQVLRQ
In the fields under this heading, you enter data on the pension types together with their administrative data, that are available in your company. Use the Customizing system to define the possible entries which will then be checked by the system.
'DWHV
Here you enter the important dates for pension entitlements. The system checks these entries. This check is based on the relevant statutory requirements. An warning rather than an error message is output for dates that differ because in certain cases, dates other than those stipulated by law can be decisive. For further information on the functions and possible entries press F1 and F4 respectively.
-XQH
6$3 $*
*HQHUDO GDWD
In the fields 3HQVLRQ IXQG and ,QVXUDQFH W\SH you assign your employee to a specific insurance. Payroll can then calculate the relevant PI contribution. In the field ,QVXUDQFH QXPEHU enter the employees number for the pension fund. In the field (QWU\ GDWH you store the date the employee enrolled in the pension fund.
3UHPLXP GDWD
In the field 3UHPLXP EDVLV you can determine an amount that can be used independently of the wages and without a coordination deduction for calculating the premium deduction. In the field &RRUGLQDWLRQ FRUUHFWLRQ enter the amount that is to be used to correct the coordination deduction. You only have to make an entry in the fields (PSOR\HH SUHPLXP and HPSOR\HU SUHPLXP if you have agreed on a fixed premium amount. You must then fill in both fields, so that the calculation of the premium amount does not take place in payroll.
3HQVLRQ GDWD
If a different date is valid for calculating the premium or the pension (e.g. if the employee has bought years of insurance), then enter this date in the field 7HFKQLFDO HQWU\ If the begin date for calculating insurance flexibility is different from the technical entry date, you can enter the begin date in the field (QWULQVIOH[LE You only have to make an entry in the field 3HQVLRQ EHJLQ GDWH if the normal pension begin date taken from table 7&& is not valid. The pension begin date is then the first month that follows the birth date that defines the pension age in the table. In the field ,QVXUDQFH WRWDO you can enter a value that does not depend on the premium calculation. If the insured salary is not going to be increased anymore, then enter an ; in the field ,QFUHDVH IUHH]H This field is not evaluated in the standard SAP system. The field 3HQVLRQ UHFFRUUHFWLRQ displays the amount that is to used to change the pension record for the retirement pension in table 7&- If in the meantime, the employee has become an invalid and is therefore partially incapacitated, then enter the annual salary prior to invalidity in the field ,QYDO DQQXDO VDODU\ and set the percentage of the invalidity in the field ,QYDO SHUFHQWDJH
-XQH
6$3 $*
In the field )XQG you assign the transaction for a particular pension fund together with the corresponding account to the employee. Use the field 7\SH to specifiy the desired action. The transaction type is represented by this infotypes subtypes.
-XQH
6$3 $*
,GHQWLILFDWLRQ GHWDLOV
In this section you enter the cars registration number. If your company uses an asset management system, you may enter the cars asset number for cross-referencing. The payroll will only calculate Class 1A NICs if the car is provided to the employee for private as well as business use. Recording an employees use of a pool car is for administrative purposes only.
)XHO
Fuel for private use is also subject to Class 1A NICs. You should indicate whether fuel is provided for private use and the system will calculate the contributions depending on the cars engine size and type. If you do not give the cars engine size and type, the /LVW SULFH will be used as a calculation basis.
5HGXFWLRQV
Class 1A NICs for the car are payable depending on the 1HW FDU EHQHILW This is reached by reducing the )XOO FDU EHQHILW according to: the business mileage driven per year the age of the car periods the car is unavailable for use payments made for private use
You may enter either an expected figure or band for business mileage. The age of the car is calculated automatically and the correct adjustments made from the date the car was first registered. This applies both to new and second hand cars. The Company car record contains a running total of the days a car is unavailable for use. Details are recorded in Company car unavailability (Infotype 0225) [Page 277]. You can display an overview using the 8QDYDLODELOLW\ UHFRUG menu option.
-XQH
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK &RPSDQ\ FDU ,QIRW\SH If an employee makes regular or ad hoc payments towards private use of the vehicle, this should be indicated here. The payments themselves must be recorded in Recurring payments/deductions (Infotype 0014) or Additional payments (Infotype 0015), in order that they are processed correctly by the payroll.
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
&RQWUDFWXDO UHJXODWLRQV
By using the &RQWUDFW W\SH you can subdivide the contracts of employment in accordance with the planned duration of the work relationship and the employees legal status. For temporary work relationships, you must enter the contracts expiration date. In addition to this, you can also make a note informing you that this person has been given permission to have occupational training. The 1RQFRPSHWLWLRQ FODXVH refers to the period of time after the work relationship has ended. This clause can determine whether an employee can work for a similar company, as a result, this clause restricts a persons possible job opportunities.
'HDGOLQHV
Here you save the length of the probationary period and the notice period as well as the expiration date of the work permit.
(QWU\
In this set of data, you can enter when the employee entered into a personnel area and when the employee entered the group.
When you add the first record for the infotpye &RQWUDFW (OHPHQWV (0016), the system will propose values for the fields: Continued sick pay, Additional sick pay, Probationary period, Notice period and Contract type. The default values are based on the entries you made in the fields &RPSDQ\ FRGH 3HUVRQQHO DUHD (PSOR\HH JURXS DQG (PSOR\HH VXEJURXS in the infotype 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO $VVLJQPHQW (0001).
-XQH
6$3 $*
&RQWUDFW 'HILQLWLRQ
In this group you store specifications about the contract. In Belgium it is important to know the labor commission of the employee. Since you can have several labor commissions in one company, this information is stored on personnel level. The number of months the person gets paid can be stored here. In Belgium it is possible that the person gets 13, 14 or even more months paid. We have also a field to keep track of the weekly working hours.
$GGLWLRQDO 'DWD
Here you can fill in the seniority of the employee which is not necessarily the same as the time he is working at that company. Some related companies, take over the seniority of the employee. The seniority is important to calculate a period which the company has to take into account before they can fire an employee. There is also an additional field to store the contract number, or a description where you can find the original contract. These fields are optional.
$GGLWLRQDO 'DWD
Lunch coupons are a contribution of the employer to the employee for the lunch. Some, most of all big companies, have their own restaurant where the employees can come to eat freely. If a company cant offer this advantage, the distribute often lunch coupons. For these lunch coupons you dont have to pay Social Insurance or taxes.
(DUO\ UHWLUHPHQW
Early retirement is a kind of unemployment, but for older employees. Those employees will be fired, but the firm will pay an additional sum above the unemployment premium. You can fill in the extra amount the firm pays above the unemployment premium. For the calculations of the payments and the maximum sum which may be paid, it is important to know if the employee is the family entitled person.
-XQH
6$3 $*
You can set up additional corporate functions as subtypes in customizing. In the field $FTXLUHG RQ enter the begin date of the corporate function.
The standard SAP system does not use this infotype in reporting. You can use this infotype for your own reporting.
-XQH
6$3 $*
&RVW GLVWULEXWLRQ
By making an entry in the field 'LVWULEXWLRQ you are determining which costs the cost distribution is referring to. You determine the cost distribution by entering a &RPSDQ\ FRGH %XVLQHVV DUHD &RVW FHQWHU and 3HUFHQWDJH in the lines that are numbered consecutively by the system. By using the )-keys you can scroll down a total of three pages, insert lines, attach or delete. The cost center that has been entered in the distributor on the single screnn under number 01, is displayed on the list screen.
You must have already set up the company codes, the controlling areas and the cost centers before you create a record for the infotype &RVW 'LVWULEXWLRQ (0027).
-XQH
6$3 $*
7\SH
Where there are a number of orders against one employee, the type of court order determines the priority with which they are paid by the payroll (please see the IMG section &RXUW 2UGHU 7\SHV). If the court orders are the same type, they are paid according to their effective date (begin of validity), the earliest first.
2EMHFW ,'
This is generated automatically by the system, and is used in payroll results report to differentiate between the payments for different orders.
,GHQWLILFDWLRQ
These references will be on the order that you receive from the court or local authority.
0RQHWDU\ YDOXHV
These are also detailed on the order. The information is used by payroll to make the deductions from the employees pay. The payroll also automatically keeps a total both of arrears and of the protected earnings. If you specify a grand total, the payroll will automatically stop making deductions when it is reached.
$GPLQLVWUDWLRQ IHH
You can either use the constant fee which enters by default the current processing fee for the relevant court order, or set your own fee.
-XQH
6$3 $*
3ODQ GDWD
This section stores in which plan the employee is enrolled, the credit allocated, and the actual cost of the plan.
(PSOR\HH JURXSV
The fields Area/Grp/status and Credit group are populated by the General benefits data (Infotype 0171). The Eligibility group denotes the eligibility of the employee. This must match with the eligibility group of the plan. The credit group denotes employees who share the same Credit calculation rule.
3ODQ GDWHV
The Eligibility date is dependent on the plan. However an Eligibility override date is allowed. A Participation date for when the employee first participated in the plan is also stored here.
3ODQ DWWULEXWHV
The Plan type, Eligibility group and Eligibility rule which apply to the plan are stored here. The employee must fulfill these latter two to be eligible for the plan
-XQH
6$3 $*
The actual distinction between qualified and non-qualified miners is made in the infotype 6RFLDO ,QVXUDQFH (0013). Employees who have miners and mineemployees insurance receive SI attribute 21. If, in the infotype 6RFLDO ,QVXUDQFH (0013), the employee has the indicator Miners insurance, then you can only maintain the fields under the heading 0LQHUV '8(92 You cannot maintain the fields under the heading '8(92 This also applies to the employees without miners and mine-employees insurance. In this instance you can only make an entry in the fields under the heading '8(92 For further information, please refer to the 3$ 3D\UROO $FFRXQWLQJ online guide under the heading '8(92
-XQH
6$3 $*
An employee is deregistered for a full month on account of an interrupted work relationship. An employee is deregistered due to unpaid leave. The social insurance key has changed. The health insurance fund has changed.
As a rule you will have carried out a complete transfer of old data before SAP DUEVO is started. If that is the case, you should not make any more entries in the infotype '8(92 6WDUW since the relevant data is already in the SAP System. The only exception to the rule is when one of the changes described above occurs after the transfer of old data and before DUEVO becomes active. For further information on starting up SAP DUEVO, please refer to the chapter 6WDUW RI '8(92. 6WDUW 'DWH Here you enter the date on which SAP DUEVO is started. ,QLWLDO 6WDWXV Here you enter the insurance status of an employee when SAP DUEVO is started.
-XQH
6$3 $*
'DWH VSHFLILFDWLRQ
In the standard SAP system their are 12 possible 'DWH W\SHGDWH combinations. If you require more than 12 date specifications for an employee at the same time, you can use time constraint 3. You must always enter both a 'DWH W\SH and a 'DWH together or leave the fields empty.
-XQH
6$3 $*
1DWLRQDO )HDWXUHV
3OHDVH VHH Education (Infotype 0022): National Features Japan [Page 288]
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
3D\PHQW GDWD
There are two ways of defining remuneration for a wage type: 1. 1XPEHU RI KRXUV QXPEHU XQLW DQG DPRXQW If these fields contain entries, the system uses the values stored in the customizing system for this wage type. If no DPRXQW is specified, you can enter one manually via the infotype. 2. 'LIIHUHQW SD\PHQW It is possible to enter additional data on a different payment for remuneration records on the entry screen or via the menu path *RWR 'LIIHUHQW SD\PHQW. You can:
assign a premium redefine payment by assigning a pay scale group and level control payment by entering a different position add or deduct a specific amount using the Extra pay indicator and the Valuation basis
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
3HUVRQQHO (YHQWV
The keys used to carry out events aswell as the reason for events are stored in the infotype (YHQWV (0000).
6WDWXV
Most events create a record in the infotype of the same name (YHQWV (0000). The employees status is particularly important as events that are stored in the infotype (YHQWV (0000), can also change an employees status. There are three status indicators each with different features. For detailed information, please refer to the online field documentation in the infotype 0000. The status is automatically maintained when the relevant event is carried out. The three status indicators are:
&XVRPHUVSHFLILF (Status 1) Status 1 is not used in the standard SAP system but can be used by the customer. (PSOR\PHQW (Status 2) Status 2 records the employees employment relationship. Status 2 is used centrally in PA in the following two places: In Reporting The system recognizes entries and terminations by means of status 2. This affects data selection within reporting. Employees who have left the company are, for example, identified by status 2. In time constraint validation Date records with time constraint 1 may be deleted at the end if status 2 equals 0, i.e. if the employee has withdrawn from the company. Exceptions to this are infotypes (YHQWV (0000), 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO $VVLJQPHQW (0001), 3HUVRQDO 'DWD (0002) as a record must always exist for these infotypes. In the standard SAP system, you can use the following types of employment status: active inactive retired left the company
-XQH
6$3 $*
Status 3 controls the employees entitlement to special payment for automatic special payments within the payroll accounting framework.
2UJDQL]DWLRQDO $VVLJQPHQW
In addition to this, you can also store information on the employees personnel area, the employee group and subgroup in the infotype (YHQWV (0000).
-XQH
6$3 $*
3D\PHQW GDWD
In the field :DJH W\SH you must specify which wage type is to form the basis for the external bank transfer. In conjuntion with the :DJH W\SH you must maintain either the field $PRXQW or the fields 1XPEHU and 8QLW You can determine the payment periods by making an entry in the fields VW SD\PHQW SHULRG and ,QWHUYDO SHULRGV for the next and all subsequent periods or by making an entry in the fields VW SD\PHQW SHULRG and ,QWHUYDOXQLW for the next and all subsequent days. Enter the periods without a payroll year. The subsequent payment periods will be determined by adding the intervals. In the next year, the payments will start with the first period.
3D\HH
You can enter the payee data in the following two ways: 1. In the field 3D\HH NH\ enter the key for a payee that has been defined in your system. The system will then determine the payees name, address and bank details and the payment method from this key. 2. Do not make an entry in the field 3D\HH NH\ and then enter the payees name, address, bank details and payment method manually. Please do not make any additional entries for the payee or the payment method if you have entered a 3D\HH NH\ The system will check to see whether the 3D\HH NH\ is compatible with the other data. If this is the case, then only the key will be saved. If this is not the case, you will receive an error message. In this instance, you must either delete the payee key or cancel the payee details that you entered manually. In the field 3XUSRVH you can enter a text of your choice. In the field 3ULRULW\ you can store the priority of an external bank transfer. The standard SAP system does not use this field.
1DWLRQDO )HDWXUHV
3OHDVH VHH External Bank Transfers (Infotype 0011): National Features The Netherlands [Page 294]
-XQH
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK ([WHUQDO %DQN 7UDQVIHUV ,QIRW\SH 1DWLRQDO )HDWXUHV 7KH 1HWKHUODQGV
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
The report 53'680: produces an insurance schedule for payment purposes to third parties.
([WHUQDO ,QVXUDQFHV0HPEHUVKLSV
Infotype ([WHUQDO LQVXUDQFHPHPEHUVKLSV (0151) may be used in the following cases: Specifying tax exemption amounts such as: annuities (deducted and paid by company), external annuities (deducted from employees bank account, but advised for tax exemption reasons), arrears annuities (buying of annuities), arrears pension fund (buying of arrears pension).
Specifying insurance deductions that most employees belong to. A detail deduction summary taking retro-calculations into account is produced by the Payroll follow-up schema. (Individual deductions may still be advised in infotype ([WHUQDO %DQN 7UDQVIHUV (0011), infotype 5HFXUULQJ 3D\PHQWV DQG 'HGXFWLRQV (0014) and infotype $GGLWLRQDO SD\PHQWV (0015). Batch input of insurance deductions. Calculation of commission on insurance deductions.
The member type field is the category to which the deduction belongs, this corresponds to the subtype of this infotype. The following subtypes are setup in the standard release: 1000 Provident Funds (flexi renum.) 2000 Provident Funds (standard) 2001 Group Insurance Scheme Policy 2002 Life Insurance Scheme Policy 2003 External Annuity 2004 Annuity 2005 Annuity Arrears Contribution 2006 Pension Arrears Contribution 2007 Savings Plan 3000 Union Membership 4000 Non-union Membership
-XQH
6$3 $*
Additional subtypes can be added in table T591A. The deduction wage type is held in the field Wage type. A deduction, such as an annuity contribution, can be setup to be tax applicable. This infotype also provides fields for a policy date and reference number. The deduction amount is advised in the $PRXQW field depending on the wage type. The currency is suggested from the company code table T001 and can be changed. If the wage type should be deducted only in certain months, you can enter this in the fields ILUVW SD\PHQW SHULRG and LQWHUYDO to the next and all further periods, or in the fields of the ILUVW SD\PHQW GD\ and LQWHUYDO to the next and all further days. The period is given without accounting year. The further payment periods are determined by adding the intervals. In the next year the payment begins with the first period.
The record is valid from 1.1.1996 to 31.12.9999. Payment in set periods: first in period 01 and then in intervalls of 3 periods: 01 1996, 04 1996, 07 1996, 10 1996, 01 1997, etc. Payment on set calendar days: first on 3.1.1996 and then every month: 3.1.1996, 3.2.1996, ..., 3.1.1997, 3.2.1997, etc.
-XQH
6$3 $*
$GGLWLRQDO GDWD
The remaining fields identify the organization more finely.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Subtype 1: Subtype 2: Subtype 3: Subtype 4: Subtype 5: Subtype 6: Subtype 7: Subtype 8: Subtype 10:
6SRXVH &KLOG /HJDO JXDUGLDQ 7HVWDWRU *XDUGLDQ 6WHSFKLOG (PHUJHQF\ FRQWDFW 5HODWHG SHUVRQ 'LYRUFHG VSRXVH
3HUVRQDO GDWD
The /DVW QDPH, the *HQGHU the 1DWLRQDOLW\ and the 1DPH SUHIL[ are taken from the employees personal data and can be changed if necessary. You must enter the )LUVW QDPH and the 'DWH RI ELUWK
Because the individual family members do not have to be recorded in the system, a check is not run to see whether the number of children entered in the infotype )DPLO\ 5HODWHG 3HUVRQ (0021) corresponds with the number of children entered in the field 1RFKLOGUHQ in the infotype 3HUVRQDO 'DWD (0002).
-XQH
6$3 $*
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK )DPLO\ 5HODWHG 3HUVRQ ,QIRW\SH 1DWLRQDO )HDWXUHV 86$
There is one exception to the above, if you have typed in incorrect dates, then a message will appear, and ask you to change the dates. After you have corrected the dates on the 0021 screen, the 0106 screen will appear. All that is necessary here is that you must make the same change to the date fields that you made on previous P0021 screen.
-XQH
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK )DPLO\ 5HODWHG 3HUVRQ ,QIRW\SH 1DWLRQDO )HDWXUHV 6ZLW]HUODQG
6$3 $*
Subtype 1:
6SRXVH
5HODWLRQVKLS WR FKLOG $XWKRUL] (GXFDWLRQ ,QVWLWXW &XVWRG\ $PRXQW and &RQILUPHG E\ in the child data
-XQH
6$3 $*
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK )DPLO\ 5HODWHG 3HUVRQ ,QIRW\SH 1DWLRQDO )HDWXUHV $XVWULD
Subtype 1:
6SRXVH
Spouses 1DPH DW ELUWK in the personal data 6LFNQHVV FHUWLILFDWH DXWKRUL]DWLRQ and $XWKRUL]DWLRQ QXPEHU in the sickness certificate data 6,1XPEHU in the social insurance data
Subtype 2:
&KLOG
&KLOG1XPEHU (Object-Id.) 7\SH, $FFRPPRGDWLRQ, &KLOG )HDWXUH and &KLOG %RQXV in the other child data $XWKRUL]DWLRQ and $XWKRUL]DWLRQ QXPEHU in the child data 6,1XPEHU in the social insurance data In the infotype )DPLO\ $OORZDQFH (0043) you can refer to the corresponding &KLOG1XPEHU (Object ID) on the childs basic data from the infotype )DPLO\ 5HODWHG 3HUVRQ (0021). If you delete a child in the infotype )DPLO\ 5HODWHG 3HUVRQ (0021), which also exists in the infotype )DPLO\ $OORZDQFH (0043), then the deletion of the child in this infotype will take place via a dynamic event. You can goto the infotype )DPLO\ $OORZDQFH (0043) directly from the infotype )DPLO\ 5HODWHG 3HUVRQ (0021).
-XQH
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK )DPLO\ 5HODWHG 3HUVRQ ,QIRW\SH 1DWLRQDO )HDWXUHV &DQDGD
6$3 $*
There is one exception to the above, if you have typed in incorrect dates, then a message will appear, and ask you to change the dates. After you have corrected the dates on the 0021 screen, the 0106 screen will appear. All that is necessary here is that you must make the same change to the date fields that you made on previous 0021 screen.
-XQH
6$3 $*
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK )DPLO\ 5HODWHG 3HUVRQ ,QIRW\SH 1DWLRQDO )HDWXUHV 7KH 1HWKHUODQGV
3HUVRQDO 'DWD
In the field ,QLWLDOV you must enter the initials of the family members or related persons. The fields +, JURXS and +, FODVV are used by the payroll program for employees with private health insurance to read the data on insured dependents. Here we make the distinction between the HI groups spouse, child and studying child aswell as a whole range of other insurance classes.
In this infotype, the fields +, JURXS and +, FODVV refer to the employees family members. The corresponding data on the employee is maintained in the infotype 6RFLDO ,QVXUDQFH 1/ (0059).
-XQH
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK )DPLO\ 5HODWHG 3HUVRQ ,QIRW\SH 1DWLRQDO )HDWXUHV *HUPDQ\
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK )DPLO\ 5HODWHG 3HUVRQ ,QIRW\SH 1DWLRQDO )HDWXUHV %HOJLXP
There is one exception to the above, if you have typed in incorrect dates, then a message will appear, and ask you to change the dates. After you have corrected the dates on the infotype )DPLO\ DQG 5HODWHG SHUVRQ (0021) screen, the infotype )DPLO\ DQG 5HODWHG SHUVRQV %HOJLXP (0138) screen will appear. All that is necessary here is that you must make the same change to the date fields that you made on previous infotype )DPLO\ DQG 5HODWHG SHUVRQ (0021) screen.
-XQH
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK )DPLO\ 5HODWHG 3HUVRQ ,QIRW\SH 1DWLRQDO )HDWXUHV ,QGRQHVLD
6$3 $*
Enter identity card details by clicking the Id Card button. Enter address details by clicking the Address button. Enter passport details by clicking the Passport Details button.
3HUVRQDO 'DWD
The /DVW 1DPH, )LUVW 1DPH and %LUWK 1DPH fields are combined into a single 1DPH ILHOG. You enter the entire name in this field.
(PSOR\PHQW'HSHQGHQF\ 'DWD
You enter the job title and employer-name of an employees family members. You can apply for PTKP deductions for up to a maximum of three family members, excluding the employees spouse. To apply for PTKP deductions for a family member, select the 'HSHQGHQW IRU 7D[ 3XUSRVHV checkbox. Then, select the appropriate option in the Tax Infotype [Page 465].
If the family member is the employees spouse, the 'HSHQGHQW IRU 7D[ 3XUSRVHV checkbox is disabled. You can only apply for PTKP deduction for spouse from within the Tax Infotype screen (Infotype 0241).
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
Before you can enter the children that are entitled to family allowance in the infotype )DPLO\ $OORZDQFH (0043), you must have entered the basic child data in the infotype )DPLO\5HODWHG 3HUVRQ (0021). This data must include the following:
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
You can set up additional family members and related persons as subtypes in customizing. Infotype )DPLO\ ,QIRUPDWLRQ (0148) is used to represent the static information for employees families and their dependency. The tax deduction from the monthly payroll, SYOYO, and YearEnd-Adjustment is based on this infotype.
%DVLF ,QIRUPDWLRQ
Stores the familys basic information such as QDPH, ELUWK GDWH, and JHQGHU. The field /DVW QDPH (Kanji and Kana names) and 1DPH IRUPDW are inherited from an employees name of infotype 3HUVRQDO 'DWD (0002). The field 1DPH IRUPDW is to stores the name editing format. The default (blank) specification will edit the name in Japanese standard manor. The field %LUWKSODFHFG is to store the birthplace code (Normally the prefecture name), and the field %LUWKSODFHW[ is to store free format text birthplace information. Only basic information is stored for the Guardian.
'HSHQGHQF\ LQIRUPDWLRQ
Stores the familys dependency status which referred by Payroll, SYOYO, and Year-EndAdjustment processes. The entered indicators in Dependency information is checked for possible combinations which is stated by Japanese law.
This infotype will not function properly in the absence of instance of infotype 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO DVVLJQPHQW (0001) with a corresponding validity period. There are special features at the following cases,
At a Spouse record entry: The opposite gender from an employees is set to the field *HQGHU as default. At a Child record entry:
-XQH
6$3 $*
The field 2EMHFW ,' is displayed to distinguish number of children, if you leave it with blank, the message with last used ID is displayed. So, when you see this message, please enter the next ID.
At a Guardian record entry: It is allows to store only for basic information since Guardian is not treated as dependents.
The record for Infotype Family information (0148) should be created at following occasions:
At Hiring: When an employee is hired, both Basic information and Deduction information must be maintained. This information is used at Monthly Payroll, SYOYO and Year-End-Adjustment for calculating tax deduction from an employees income.
At Change of Basic information: When the familys Basic information changes, record should be maintained with appropriate validity. At Change of Deduction information: When the familys Deduction information changes, record should be maintained with appropriate validity. At exclude the family member When you exclude the family, the record should be delimited.
-XQH
6$3 $*
*HQHUDO GDWD
In the fields &DQWRQ and 0XQLFLSDOLW\ enter the employees tax area. You should always specifiy the canton of residence because
there are exceptions for certain cantons on the wage statement, the wage statements can then be selected and sorted according to canton, the tax scale for withholding tax is dependent on canton, the withholding tax is accounted according to canton (and then according to municipality).
Depending on the Cantons requirements with regards to the withholding tax accounting, you might not have to enter data on the municipality. Use the field 7D[ OLDELOLW\ to assign your employee to one of the following categories:
= without tax statement = wage statement to = withholding tax deduction (and wage statement).
In both of these cases, the expenses will be performed using documents on the wage statement. You only need to make an entry in the field :RUN ORFDWLRQ if the employee does not work in the same place as that of the personnel area responsible for him/her. This is printed on the wage statement.
-XQH
6$3 $*
You can store additional data that is used for administering and processing a number of special tax provisions (3HQVLRHQEUHXN, &DQDGD UHJHOLQJ, 9HUWUDDJG ORRQ) in the infotype 6SHFLDO 3URYLVLRQV 1/ (0317). 6HH DOVR Special Provisions (Infotype 0317) [Page 445] The data contained in the infotype )LVFDO 'DWD 1/ (0060) is divided into two groups. On the one hand, there is the basic tax data that must exist for every employee (see 1 below). The second group of data defines special tax exemptions for employees (see 2 and 3 below). %DVLF WD[ GDWD
6R)L QXPEHU 6R)LQXPPHU 7D[ FODVV 7DULHIJURHS 0DULWDO VWDWXV %XUJHUOLMNH VWDDW
The marital status entered here is read by the payroll program. The marital status entered in the infotype 3HUVRQDO 'DWD (0002) is not relevant for payroll and is used solely for information purposes.
&DOFXODWLRQ WDEOH %HUHNHQLQJVWDEHO This field controls whether the valid white table for payments from the current work relationship or the valid green table for payments from the previous work relationship should be used to calculate 2YHUKHYHOLQJVWRHVODJ (compensatory allowance) and /RRQKHIILQJ (wage tax).
7LPH SHULRG 7LMGYDN The white and/or green table are divided into monthly, weekly and daily views. This field controls the table selection. $QQXDO VDODU\ %7 -DDUORRQ %7 In the white and/or green table, special payments, such as Christmas bonus, can be taxed according to the defined tax rate for the previous years taxable income. This amount will be calculated automatically by payroll for employees who have been in the company for a year. This amount can be overwritten. You must enter a value manually for employees who have recently joined the company.
-XQH
6$3 $*
This indicator specifies the employees main source of income. This field is not used for payroll purposes. However, this information can be used by the financial authorities.
6SHFLDO LQGLFDWRU 6SHFLDOH DDQGXLGLQJ In this field, you can specify whether the employee is entitled to an additional benefit such as a company car. This field is also not used for payroll purposes
6SHFLDO HPSOR\HH JURXSV 6SHFLDOH JURHSHQ ZHUNQHPHUV For certain employee groups - persons who work at home or persons on welfare, for example, different tax tables and/or conversion rules apply. You should not make an entry in the fields &DOFXODWLRQ WDEOH (%HUHNHQLQJVWDEHO) and &RQYHUVLRQ UXOH (+HUOHLGLQJVUHJHO) for these employees.
6, H[HPSWLRQ (*HPRHGVEH]ZDDUGH) The legal authorities can register a person as exempt from social insurance contributions (9RONVYHU]HNHULQJHQ for reasons of conscience or religion. The social insurance contributions are then replaced by an employment tax.
&RQYHUVLRQ UXOH +HUOHLGLQJVUHJHO For certain employee groups - long-term unemployed persons to whom the :HW .DGHUUHJHOLQJ $UEHLGVLQSDVVLQJ regulation applies or those liable to foreign tax, for example, different tax and contribution rates apply. The net pay which has been calculated for persons in these groups is converted. In this field you can specify the conversion rule that is to be used.
6SHFLDO H[SHQVHV UHJXODWLRQ 6SHFLDOH RQNRVWHQUHJHOLQJ Foreign employees working in the Netherlands on a temporary basis enjoy certain tax privileges. According to the 35% regulation ( UHJHOLQJ), only 35% of their total pay is subject to tax, the remaining gross amount is paid as a net amount.
$GYDQWDJH UXOH 9RRUGHHOUHJHO One of the following procedures can be used to tax special payments of employees who receive once-only payments in addition to their regular pay: Taxation according to the special payments table (WDEHO ELM]RQGHUH EHORQLQJHQ The special payment is taxed using a percentage rate which depends on the employees annual salary of the previous year (minus any official authorizations which determine a different, lower tax basis). Taxation according to the general table (WDEHO ORRQEHODVWLQJ SUHPLH YRONVYHU]HNHULQJHQ) The special payment is taxed according to the general table. The 9RRUGHHOUHJHO allows you to choose the tax regulation which is most advantageous to the employee: You can use the general table if the special payment is taxed at a more favorable rate using the general table than using the special payments table.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Certain employees, e.g. foreign employees, are not entitled to benefit from the advantage rule (9RRUGHHOUHJHO The 9RRUGHHOUHJHO field enables you to specify whether the rule applies to an individual employee. Appropriate customizing settings are required. 2IILFLDO DXWKRUL]DWLRQV Under specific circumstances, an employee can apply to the appropriate fiscal authorities for a tax exception. These official authorizations are usually applicable for one year. The field 6SHFLDO WD[ UDWH (&RGH EHVFKLNNLQJ) displays the authorization type. Based on the values entered in this group of fields, the system automatically assigns the corresponding indicator. You can use the following authorizations in the HR system:
Different tax basis for special payments The date of the authorization and the resulting amount of the taxable annual salary are stored in the fields $XWKRUL]HG WD[ RIILFH (0DFKWLJLQJ LQVSHFWHXU) and 6SHFLDO WD[ UDWH ($IZLMNHQG ELM]RQGHU WDULHI).
Reduced /RRQKHIILQJ due to income-related expenses If, for example, an employee is expecting a larger tax rebate at the end of the year, he/she can submit a different annual salary for calculating the tax for the special payment beforehand. The data that is relevant to the income-related expenses is stored in the fields $YDLODEOH GDWH UHGXFWLRQ (%HVFKLNNLQJ $IWUHNSRVWHQ), $QQXDO DPRXQW (%HGUDJ SHU MDDU) and $PRXQW SHU SHULRG %HGUDJ SHU SHULRGH).
Different income tax class If the assignment of an employee to a different tax class is approved by the tax authorities, then you can store this information in the fields &KDQJH WD[ FODVV (%HVFKLNNLQJ 7DULIJURHS) and 'LIIHUHQW LQF WD[ FODVV ($IZLMNHQGH WDULHIJURHS).
Different conversion rule Foreign tax payers who are not liable to pay insurance can apply for a more reasonable conversion rule. You can maintain the date for the corresponding ruling as well as the conversion rule in the fields 7D[ UHGXFWLRQ IRUHLJQ (%HVFKLNNLQJ EXLWHQODQGV WDULHI) and 'LIIHUHQW FRQYHUVLRQ UXOH ($IZLMNHQGH KHUOHLGLQJVUHJHO).
You can use the report RPIBBLN0 to reset different fields for the infotype )LVFDO 'DWD 1/ (0060).
-XQH
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK )LVFDO 'DWD ,QIRW\SH Infotype records are delimited and reset for employees who have had a tax exception approved when the year is up. If the employees tax exception is reapproved then this is reflected in the system by creating a new record. The value in the field $QQXDO VDODU\ %7 (-DDUORRQ %7) is reset using this report.
6$3 $*
Select 6\VWHP 6HUYLFHV 5HSRUWLQJ to access the initial screen for executing the report: Please see the report documentation for further information.
1. Depending on your systems settings, a number of these fields are automatically filled with default values. These values are based on the employee group and subgroup specified in the infotype 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO $VVLJQPHQW (0001), and are defined using the feature NLSTD, 2. Please note that you must enter data in the infotype 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO $VVLJQPHQW (0001) before you maintain the infotype )LVFDO 'DWD 1/ (0060). 3. For more information on the individual fields, please refer to the field documentation. 4. You can make changes to the data stored in this infotype during payroll. Only the current, i.e. the latest record is used by payroll. A split option is not provided.
-XQH
6$3 $*
%DVLF GDWD
In this field group you can enter both payroll-relevant as well as administrative data. By entering different tax features in the fields No. of children (1 GH KLMRV Marital status ((VWDGR FLYLO and Recipient key (&ODYH SHUFHS.) you can determine the type of tax calculation for your employees. You enter the income type in the field Recipient key (&ODYH SHUFHS The field Special Status ()DP QXPHURVD is no longer used. It is however kept in the system for technical reasons.
,53) SHUFHQWDJH
Using the employees basic data and the annual taxable income as a basis, the system calculates the tax rate, which is then displayed in the field Calc. Percentage 3WMH &DOFXODGR In addition to this, you can also apply a higher tax rate for the employee. In this case, enter the higher tax rate in the field Percentage used 3WMH $SOLFDGR and choose a reason for using a higher or a lower tax rate in the field Reason 0RWLYR FDPELR
-XQH
6$3 $*
)LVFDO GDWD
The data that is grouped in this infotype, is divided into the following points:
data that is relevant for payroll By entering the relevant data, indicator etc., the system knows which tax details to take into account when a payroll run is performed for an employee. You should pay particular attention to entries that directly influence the dertermining of the assessment basis, such as tax-exempt amounts and amounts that can be deducted from tax.
data used for follow-up reporting Some of the data you have entered will not be used until you carry out follow-up reporting for payroll. Please be aware of the information that appears on official forms or other forms. For example, the ,VVXHU RI WKH HPSOR\PHQW WD[ FDUG or the 7D[ 2IILFH appears on the forms from the financial authorities.
data that is relevant for the year end This data is used to determine which activities need to be executed in view of the annual tax declaration. organizational data Although this data does not have any effect on payroll accounting, you should maintain it, so that you can reconstruct the procedures.
The field $QQXDO WD[ GHFODUDWLRQ is used to structure matchcode - When you create a new record, some fields will already contain default values that have been proposed by the system. Enter the data that is missing or overwrite the default values. For further information on the functions and possible entries, press F1 and F4 respectively.
Before you create a record for this infotype for the first time, make sure that a record exists for the infotype 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO $VVLJQPHQW (0001) for this employee. In addition to this, please note that the begin date of the first fiscal data record must coincide with the initial entry.
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
Subtype 1: 2UGLQDU\ JDUQLVKPHQW Subtype 2: 3UHIHUUHG JDUQLVKPHQW VXSSRUW SD\PHQWV Subtype 3: &HVVLRQ RI ZDJHV Subtype 4: 3OHGJH
Before creating data for this infotype for the first time, please make sure that there is already data in the infotype 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO DVVLJQPHQW (0001) for the employee concerned. In addition to this make sure that the employee is active. You cannot enter garnishment/cession data for an employee who has already left. &UHDWLQJ RU FRS\LQJ D UHFRUG When creating or copying a record of this infotype, after saving you will be offered a succession of the most important garnishment/cession infotypes for maintenance. The validity date of records as well as garnishment type and number are taken from the administrative data. When copying, the remaining data is also suggested 'HOHWLQJ D UHFRUG If you wish to delete a record of this infotype, you first have to delete the remaining garnishment/cession infotypes. Deleting administrative data (infotype 0131) is only possible when the other garnishment/cession infotypes do not contain any maintained data. SAP recommends initially delimiting a deleted garnishment via (QYLURQPHQW 'HOLPLW *DUQLVKPHQW This gives you the option of entering possible subsequent claims at a later point. With a deleted garnishment all data is lost. ,QLWLDO VFUHHQ DQG VXEVHTXHQW VFUHHQV The infotype consists of the initial screen $GPLQLVWUDWLYH 'DWD and the two subsequent screens $GGQO $GPLQLVWUDWLRQ and &RUUHVSRQGHQFH 6DYLQJ D UHFRUG You can only save in the initial screen. You cannot save in the subsequent screens.
*DUQLVKPHQW W\SHQXPEHU
-XQH
6$3 $*
The system suggests the *DUQLVKPHQW QXPEHU You should only overwrite this number in exceptional cases, using a number that has not been used before.
*DUQLVKPHQW VWDWXVLVVXDQFH In the field 6WDWXV the system suggest the value 1. By doing this, the garnishment/cession is flagged as active. You can also select other values. Please consult the field help on this point. In the field 'DWH the system enters the current date as a default value. You can overwrite this date.
&UHGLWRU$GGUHVV Here, you enter the relevant creditor data for the garnishment/cession. The creditors company/department or his name (with form of address) have to be entered.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Calculate End date New Balance Refund from a Vendor Stopped Payment Additional Deduction Separate Calculation
The appropriate fields are available to be maintained depending on the type of adjustment you have chosen from the menu. 3OHDVH VHH Calculate End date [Page 255] New Balance [Page 369] Refund from a Vendor [Page 411] Stopped Payment [Page 451] Additional Deduction [Page 222] Separate Calculation [Page 425]
-XQH
6$3 $*
Subtype 2: 3UHIHUUHG JDUQLVKPHQW VXSSRUW SD\PHQWV Subtype 2 creates a record that is only valid for the preferred garnishment. Subtype A: $OO JDUQLVKPHQWV Subtype A creates a record that is valid for all garnishments.
You can set up additional garnishment types in customizing. 6XEW\SH $ When creating the first garnishment, the system offers subtype A for maintenance. When creating other garnishments, subtype A is only offered for maintenance if the validity period of infotype garnishment/cession (0131) is longer than the validity period of the record that ha already been created. When you save, the record of subtype A that has already been created will generally be extended and overwritten.
*DUQLVKPHQW W\SHQXPEHU
The subtype A is garnishment-independent. The data applies to all garnishments. *DUQLVKPHQW W\SH $ and *DUQLVKPHQW QXPEHU are always used. The fields *DUQLVKPHQW W\SH and *DUQLVKPHQW QXPEHU cannot be overwritten.
6XEW\SH
This subtype can only be maintained for a preferred garnishment. The field $PRXQW PDLQWHQDQFH EHQHILFLDULHV is preassigned the value .
Garnishment type/number
-XQH
6$3 $*
Subtype 1: 2UGLQDU\ JDUQLVKPHQW Subtype 2: 3UHIHUUHG JDUQLVKPHQW VXSSRUW SD\PHQWV Subtype 3: &HVVLRQ RI ZDJHV Subtype 4: 3OHGJH
Before creating new records, please make sure that the infotype *DUQLVKPHQW&HVVLRQ (0131) is maintained. The validity periods of these infotypes must correspond to one another. &UHDWLQJ UHFRUGV When entering a new garnishment/cession, you are asked to maintain interest fields in the infotype 3D\PHQW (0132). These fields refer to the earlier amount fields. If you flag one of the interest fields you will go to the infotype ,QWHUHVW (0133) when you save. Here all the fields are preassigned - apart from 6WDUW GDWH and ,QWHUHVW UDWH If you have flagged two interest fields, you will be asked twice to maintain the infotype ,QWHUHVW (0133). &UHDWLQJ RU FRS\LQJ UHFRUGV When creating a subsequent record (ie. you already have a record) or when copying, the system indicates this with 1HZ HQWU\.
*DUQLVKPHQW W\SHQXPEHU
The system suggests the *DUQLVKPHQW QXPEHU This number can be overwritten.
3D\PHQW
The various costs incurred must first be divided into groups, i.e. interest-bearing costs, interestfree costs, and monthly costs, and/or cumulated. This is performed for the court costs, legal expenses and cost of issuing summonses which arise because of the garnishment.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Subtype 1: 2UGLQDU\ JDUQLVKPHQW Subtype 2: 3UHIHUUHG JDUQLVKPHQW VXSSRUW SD\PHQWV Subtype 3: &HVVLRQ RI ZDJHV Subtype 4: 3OHGJH Subtype D: ([WHUQDO ORDQ Subtype V: $GYDQFHDGYDQFH SD\
Before you create new records, make sure that the infotype *DUQLVKPHQW&HVVLRQ (0131) is maintained for the relevant garnishment.
&RPSHQVDWLRQ
Here you enter the compensation type and the reason for the payment. You also enter the date of origin and the amount. For some compensation types, you can also enter an additional wage type. On payment of a credit the previously accumulated credit is also displayed.
-XQH
6$3 $*
general garnishment information such as status, important dates, priority, and category, vendor information originator information garnishment processing information, such as applicable service charges, and remittance information.
*DUQLVKPHQW 'RFXPHQW 86$ The &DVH 1R. field represents the unique number of the document that identifies the legal document. The ,QWHUQDO1R field is the garnishment number in the system. If you create a new garnishment the system gives you a new number. This number is the key to the garnishment document in the system, and you should not overwrite it. The status of a garnishment can vary. For example, a garnishment can be pending, active, or released. You declare the status of a garnishment in the field 6WDWXV. A status type of rejected means that a garnishment came to your company but the worker has, for whatever reason, left the company. Normally these garnishment types are not entered into the system. The 5FYG 'DWH is simply the date the garnishment document was received. This date is automatically set as the date the record was created in the system unless you specify otherwise. The 5OVG 'DWH is the date when the employee is released from the garnishment document obligation. This date is set automatically when you enter the 6WDWXV as Released and save. The 3ULRULW\ field represents the priority in which the garnishment will be deducted in respect to other garnishments. The document with the highest priority will be deducted first. The lower the value the higher is the priority. If there exists two documents in the system with the same priority the system will give the higher priority to the document that was received first. However, by law a support garnishment will always have priority over any other garnishment type. If there exists more than one support garnishment the system will deduct according to the rule specified in the 5HPLW 5XOH field. The 2ULJLQ field is the region in which the garnishment is originated. This helps determine how the nonexempt amount will be calculated. The &DWHJRU\ field refers the document to a specific category. These categories can be customized by your company. The 9HQGRU data is the information of the party that receives the money. Here, you choose the correct vendor, and the relevant vendor information is displayed. You cannot change this vendor information unless you maintain from the Controlling module. The 2ULJLQDWRU code identifies the type of source that originated the document. The originator may or may not be the vendor or payee. Directly under the 2ULJLQDWRU field you enter the originators information. This information is used for the delivery of periodic answer letters.
-XQH
6$3 $*
If an employee has more than one garnishment being paid to one vendor, it is possible to remit either one check for the entire amount owed to the vendor, or one check for each individual garnishment. This is done using the 6LQJOH &KHFN ,QGLFDWRU field. If you do not mark this field all payments for one vendor are combined in one check. If you mark this field, each payment will be remitted on different checks. The frequency of the answer letter is dictated by the fields $QVZHU ,QG (ODSVHG GD\V, and 6WDUWGDWH $QV. The answer indicator is an indicator which designates whether or not a reply to the garnishment document is to be sent to the originator. If one is to be sent, you have to decide at which time the letters must be sent. The (ODSVHG 'D\V are the number of days between answer letters, and the 6WDUWGDWH $QV is the first date of the first letter. Depending on the answer indicator, this gives the system the information it needs to calculate when answer letters should be sent out. The 3ODLQWLII field is the name of the person on whose behalf the garnishment document was issued. If you do not have a special remittance rule the system will use the company remittance rule. If there is also no company rule, the system will automatically use the government remittance rule. You can overwrite these rules by entering remittance rule data for the document in the field 5HPLW 5XOH. Your company may also charge the employee a service charge for processing a garnishment. This charge can be declared with the field 6HUY&KDUJH. If there is no entry in this field the company does not deduct a service charge. If you are creating a garnishment document you get the push-button option to calculate the end date on the toolbar. If you push this button a pop-up window appears which asks for the number of valid days. This number of days represents the number of days between when the garnishment becomes active to when the garnishment ends. You can only calculate this end date if the status of the garnishment is pending. A report is run that lets you know what garnishments have reached the end date and are either inactive or released. If you are creating a garnishment document and save, you will navigate directly to the Garnishment Order (Infotype 0195) [Page 329] fast entry screen. This screen allows you to enter garnishment order information for several different order types. If you are maintaining or displaying the *DUQLVKPHQW 'RFXPHQW LQIRW\SH you can navigate to the Garnishment Order infotype by selecting the menu path *DUQLVKPHQW 2UGHU or by using the 2UGHU function on the toolbar.
The entries to certain fields are proposed by the system. If these entries are not what is desired just overwrite the field. Adjustments to a garnishment such as a refund, a stopped payment, or an additional deduction are done in Garnishment Adjustment (Infotype 0216) [Page 322].
-XQH
6$3 $*
Subtype 1: 2UGLQDU\ JDUQLVKPHQW Subtype 2: 3UHIHUUHG JDUQLVKPHQW VXSSRUW SD\PHQWV Subtype 3: &HVVLRQ RI ZDJHV Subtype 4: 3OHGJH
Before creating new records, please make sure that the infotype *DUQLVKPHQWFHVVLRQ (0131) is maintained for the relevant garnishment.
*DUQLVKPHQW W\SHQXPEHU
The system suggest the *DUQLVKPHQW QXPEHU This number can be overwritten.
,QWHUHVW GDWD
Under this heading, you determine the interest type, interest calculation type, interest period, interest rate, amount, dependency and VAT.
-XQH
6$3 $*
the initial balance of the claim, periodic deduction information, information on limits.
This infotype can be displayed in either a fast entry or detail entry screen. Both allow you to enter the main data of the garnishment order type, but only the fast entry screen allows you to insert several order types using one entry screen. If it is necessary to fill in more fields that there are in the fast entry screen you can use the detail entry screen, which you can access from the fast entry screen by using the menu option *DUQLVKPHQW 2UGHU , by selecting the 2UGHU function from the Toolbar, or by simply doubleclicking on the desired entry in the fast entry screen. *DUQLVKPHQW 2UGHU 86$ 2UGHU )DVW (QWU\ 6FUHHQ The &DVH 1R and ,QWHUQDO 1XPEHU fields are displayed for your information from the main infotype Garnishment Document. The order is associated with the garnishment document by the internal number. You have to insert at least one 2UGHU 7\SH. The 6HTXHQFH 1R is the sequence number which defines the order type. If you insert an order type the system gives you a new sequential number for that order type. In the 5XOH 1RQH[HPSW $PRXQW 5, field you choose a rule so that the system can calculate the nonexempt amount for the 2UGHU 7\SH. The nonexempt amount is the maximum that can be withheld from an employees paycheck, but the actual withholding can be lower. The ,QLWLDO %DODQFH is the amount associated with the total amount an organization is required to withhold from an employees payment due to an order on a garnishment document. Order types that require an initial balance are usually creditor cases, Federal tax levies, and State tax cases. Child support and alimony cases require that a periodic deduction be withheld from an employees pay. Deductions, which are declared in the 'HGXFWLRQ field, will be taken from payments to the employee for all pay periods until the total amount owed is completely withheld or the end date has been met. However, there is a nonexempt limit per pay period that is required by law. The deduction is defined in two fields. The 'HGXFWLRQ 8QLW field refers the specified unit to the value of the deduction for calculating the deduction of every pay period. The 9DOXH RI 'HGXFWLRQ field is the value which will be taken from payments to the employee, for all periods, until either the obligation has been satisfied or the garnishment end date has been met.
-XQH
6$3 $*
The Limit information corresponds with three fields. The /LPLW ,QGLFDWRU tells whether the /LPLW 9DOXH is for the exempt or the nonexempt amount. The system refers the /LPLW 8QLW to the value for calculating the nonexempt amount. The /LPLW 9DOXH allows you to enter either an amount or a percentage. The /RFN ,QGLFDWRU allows you to lock an order type so the information is not considered during the payroll run. You are informed which operation takes place by the 2SHUDWLRQ ,QGLFDWRU 2 field. (e.g. I for Insert, U for Update, or D for Delete) 'HWDLOHG (QWU\ 6FUHHQ Except for the operation field, the detailed entry screen includes all of the fields that are included in the fast entry screen as well as the fields discussed below. If you copy an entry in the detail screen of this infotype, you will find a new field appear, 1HZ %DODQFH. This tells the system to forget the remaining balance. It will deduct the Initial Balance, ignoring the old balance. If you do not mark this field the system will correct the remaining balance by calculating the difference between the new entry and the old entry. The detailed entry screen also allows you to further define the limits associated with a specific garnishment order. The Limit 1 and Limit 2 boxes allow you to further define limits by using either the exempt or the nonexempt amount. Also, the Additional Amount box allows you to enter an additional limit that may be applicable. You can use the Supplements function on the toolbar if you need additional information pertaining to a Federal Tax levy or State tax case. This information includes the tax filing status, the model for levy statement, the number of exemptions, any additional standard deductions, and the levy form date.
The entries to certain fields are proposed by the system. If these entries are not what is desired just overwrite the field. Adjustments to a garnishment such as a refund, a stopped payment, or an additional deduction are done in Garnishment Adjustment (Infotype 0216) [Page 322].
-XQH
6$3 $*
Subtype 1: 2UGLQDU\ JDUQLVKPHQW Subtype 2: 3UHIHUUHG JDUQLVKPHQW VXSSRUW SD\PHQWV Subtype 3: &HVVLRQ RI ZDJHV Subtype 4: 3OHGJH
Before creating new records, please make sure that the infotype *DUQLVKPHQW&HVVLRQ (0131) is maintained for the relevant garnishment.
You can specify that the portion of the garnishable amount apportioned to the repaid debt is transferred to account A while the portion of the garnishable amount apportioned to the repaid costs is transferred to account B. The field &RQVHFXWLYH 1XPEHU lets you make several entries for one garnishment/cession.
3D\HH GDWD
The system suggests the payee data in accordance with the data that has been entered in infotype 0131. You can overwrite the default values. You can find further information and possible entries by pressing F1 and F4 respectively.
-XQH
6$3 $*
In total there are six different possibilities of garnishments. Each kind has his own subtype. The reason for the different subtypes is the priority this payment has according to the other payments. So you always have to pay the debts to your ex-spouse and children first. Next you pay, if there is money left, to the state (Tax, Social Insurance) and then you pay the debts to the other payees. The order in which you have to pay depends on the date, this payment is decided by the court.
3D\HH
We have the possibility to store some necessary information on these garnishments. Important information is:
-XQH
6$3 $*
&RPSHQVDWLRQ
Here you enter the compensation type and the reason for the payment. You also enter the date of origin and the maount. For some compensation types, you can also enter an additional wage type.
-XQH
6$3 $*
*DUQLVKPHQW VWDWXVLQVXUDQFH
In the field 6WDWXV the system enters the default value 1. This means that the garnishment is flagged as active. In the fields 'D\WLPH the system enters todays date, however, you will have to enter the time of the order.
&UHGLWRU$GGUHVV
Here, you enter the relevant data for the creditor.
$GGLWLRQDO FRQWURO
The function $GGLWLRQDO FRQWURO takes you into another entry screen, where you record data on the garnishment decision, the court and official authority responsible.
&RUUHVSRQGHQFH
The function &RUUHVSRQGHQFH takes you into another entry screen where you enter additional data on the correspondence with the creditor.
-XQH
6$3 $*
*DUQLVKPHQW W\SHQXPEHU
The system suggests the *DUQLVKPHQW QXPEHU This can be overwritten. The entry screen is divided into four blocks. Each block represents a specific procedure for determining the garnishment amount.
Block 1: Processing ordinary garnishment Block 2: Processing preferred garnishment Block 3: Processing with instalment payments Block 4: Processing for special decrees
Depending on the procedure, the data is entered into one of the blocks.
The blocks should represent the procedures that are normally used for a garnishment type. The individual blocks can be used for each garnishment type, ie. you can also use block for preferred garnishments. The function &DSLWDO IRUPDWLRQ takes you into the subsequent screen *DUQLVKPHQW )UHH &DSLWDO )RUPDWLRQ 6DYLQJV 3D\PHQW In this screen, you can flag the capital formation contract that is to remain free of garnishments.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Subtype 1: 2UGLQDU\ JDUQLVKPHQW Here, you enter data on the main claims and the different costs for the ordinary garnishment. Subtype 2: 3UHIHUUHG JDUQLVKPHQW Here you enter data on the support payments, main claims and the different costs for a preferred garnishment. A distinction is then made between the claims, those that are only repaid from the normal range and those that are repaid from the normal and preferential ranges.
Subtype 3: &HVVLRQ RI ZDJHV Here, you enter data on the main claim and the different costs for cession of wages.
*DUQLVKPHQW W\SHQXPEHU
The system suggests the *DUQLVKPHQW QXPEHU You can overwrite this number.
&ODLP
The various costs incurred must first be divided into groups, i.e. interest-bearing costs, interestfree costs, and monthly costs, and/or cumulated. This is performed for the court costs, legal expenses and cost of issuing summonses which arise because of the garnishment.
-XQH
6$3 $*
*DUQLVKPHQW W\SHQXPEHU
The system suggests the *DUQLVKPHQW QXPEHU This number can be overwritten.
,QWHUHVW GDWD
Under this heading, you determine the interest type, interest calculation type, interest period, interest rate, amount, dependency and VAT.
-XQH
6$3 $*
3D\HH GDWD
Here the system suggests the payee data in accordance with the data entered in the infotype *DUQLVKPHQW&HVVLRQ (0111). You can overwrite these default values.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Subtype 1: 2UGLQDU\ JDUQLVKPHQW Subtype 2: 3UHIHUUHG JDUQLVKPHQW Subtype 3: &HVVLRQ RI ZDJHV Subtype A: $OO JDUQLVKPHQWV
If you use subtypes 1, 2 and 3, a record will be created which is only valid for certain garnishments. By using subtype A, a record will be created that applies to all garnishments.
*DUQLVKPHQW W\SHQXPEHU
For subtypes 1, 2 and 3, the system will suggest the *DUQLVKPHQW QXPEHU You can overwrite this number. For subtype A, the data applies to all garnishments irrespective of the serial number (this number identifies a specific garnishment). In such cases, an entry cannot be made in this field.
The infotype *DUQLVKPHQWV :DJHV 0115 is only for special cases. Under normal circumstances the garnishable and garnishment free part of a wage type is determined by the processing class. Only use this infotype if a wage type for a garnishment or a person is not going to garnished in accordance with the normal legal provisions.
-XQH
6$3 $*
(PSOR\HH DVVLJQPHQWV
This section is accessed by the benefit plan infotypes, and appears under Employee data.
3K\VLFLDQ
This stores the details of an employees physicians.
1RQGLVFULPLQDWLRQ WHVWLQJ
This section stores an employees status. In the 401K plans this dictates the permitted employee contribution amounts.
$GGLWLRQDO GDWD
Further details concerning the employee are stored here. For example, the Employee Demographic report accesses the smoker data to produce its list of smokers and non-smokers.
-XQH
6$3 $*
3ODQ GDWD
This section contains the health plan data. This includes the name of the health plan and one of the options that it offers. For example, an employee may be able to choose the contribution amount, which would define the option here. Dependent coverage is also shown. This indicates exactly who is covered by the health plan.
(PSOR\HH GDWD
The fields Area/Grp/status and Cost group are filled by information from the General benefits data infotype. The employee eligibility is denoted by the Eligibility group, which must match that of the plan.
&RRUGLQDWLRQ RI EHQHILWV
This information concerns whether the employee has any other benefit coverage which requires coordination for processing claims. The provider and policy number of this additional coverage is shown here.
3ODQ GDWHV
The Eligibility date is dependent on the plan. However an Eligibility override date is allowed. A Participation date for when the employee first participated in the plan is also stored here.
3ODQ DWWULEXWHV
The Plan type, Eligibility group and Eligibility rule which apply to the plan are stored here. The employee must fulfill both of these latter to be eligible for the plan.
&RVW
The As of field here specifies from which point the cost of the plan is calculated. The cost and period are determined by the Option in the Plan data box.
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
When the field is registered like exent of obligations (2), none of the rest of the fields are entered. The Affiliation number field is entered when the employee is subject to obligations with the Institute and It has already assigned by the IMSS. The Medical Family Unit is an optional field that represents the code designated by the IMSS when the employee is affiliated to the Institute. If the employee relation with the IMSS is entered like subject to obligations without affiliation number (3), the affiliation number and the medical family unit are not entered. The indicator for Reduced planned working time is used for the employees subjects to obligations options (1) and (3). When the reduced planned working time not apply for an employee, you just have to choose the indicator No. When the reduced planned working time apply, you have to enter if is Daily or Hourly and enter the value in the Working time field.
If It is the first time that and employee is registered in the IMSS, the Fist admission field is entered, if this indicator is marked the official IMSS registration form is printed, otherwise, if this field is not marked, then you can select to print or store it in magnetic device.
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
Subtype 0001: &RPSDQ\ LQVXUDQFH Subtype 0002: *URXS DFFLGHQW LQVXUDQFH Subtype 0003: /LIH LQVXUDQFH Subtype 0005: 6XSSOHPHQWDU\ LQVXUDQFH Subtype 0010: QRW OLDEOH Subtype 0011: 5LVN Subtype 0012: 5LVN3HQVLRQ Subtype 0020: 1XUVLQJ FDUH Subtype 0021: 6LFN SD\
Please make sure that when you are entering data on social insurance and retirement pension plan/company insurance that you use separate infotypes.
,QVXUDQFH GDWD
Here enter the ,QVXUDQFH FRPSDQ\ ,QVXUDQFH QXPEHU ,QVXUDQFH WRWDO and ,QVXUDQFH SUHPLXP
The standard SAP system does not use this infotype in reporting. You can use this infotype in your own reporting.
-XQH
6$3 $*
3ODQ GDWD
This section stores the insurance plan data; the name of the insurance plan and the coverage required. For example, under a life insurance plan, an employee may wish to be covered to twice his/her annual salary, in the event of death.
(PSOR\HH GDWD
The fields Area/Grp/status and Cost group are filled by information from the General benefits data infotype. The employee eligibility is denoted by the Eligibility group, which must match that of the plan.
%HQHILWV VDODU\&RYHUDJH
In the Calculated column, the system automatically provides the employees Benefit salary and appropriate to the chosen coverage option, the Coverage. Overrides are also stored here.
3ODQ GDWHV
The Eligibility date is dependent on the plan. However, an Eligibility override date is allowed. A Participation date for when the employee first participated in the plan is also stored here.
3ODQ DWWULEXWHV
The Plan type, Eligibility group and Eligibility rule which apply to the plan are stored here. The employee must fulfill both of these latter to be eligible for the plan.
&RVW
The As of field here specifies from which point the cost of the plan is calculated. The cost and period are determined by the Coverage stored in the Plan data box.
-XQH
6$3 $*
(PSOR\HH ,GHQWLILFDWLRQ
Implementing the SAP R/3 for the personnel module could cause your employees personnel numbers to change. You can enter the personnel number that you employee had prior to implementing the SAP System in the field 3UHYLRXV SHUVRQQHO QXPEHU The field 3ODQW ,' was defined to store the number of a company ID.
&RPSDQ\ FDU
Data on the &DU UHJXODWLRQ DQG &DU YDOXH is evaluated in the German payroll for calculating the imputed income for the private use of a company car. In Switzerland, the field &DU UHJXODWLRQ controls the company car data on the wage statement. By using the report &DU VHDUFK OLVW (RPLKFZ00) you can create a search list. This report evaluates the field /LFHQVH SODWH QXPEHU The field $VVHW QXPEHU has been predefined for vehicles that already have an asset number. On request, this field can be validated against the database $1/$
:RUN FHQWHU
The data 7HOHSKRQH QXPEHU, EXLOGLQJ DQG URRP QXPEHU can be used to produce a telephone book. Use the report 7HOHSKRQH GLUHFWRU\ (RPLTEL00) for this purpose.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Subtype 0001: *HQHUDO GDWD Subtype 0002: +DELWV Subtype 0003: 'HUPDWRORJLFDO H[DPLQDWLRQ Subtype 0004: 5HSURGXFWLYH RUJDQV DQG XULQDO\VLV Subtype 0005: (QGRFULQRORJLFDO H[DPLQLDWLRQ Subtype 0006: 'LJHVWLYH WUDFW Subtype 0007: 0RELOLW\ Subtype 0008: %ORRG FLUFXODWLRQ Subtype 0009: 5HVSLUDWRU\ V\VWHP Subtype 0010: (DU H[DPLQDWLRQ QRLVH Subtype 0011: +HDULQJ WHVW Subtype 0012: 1HUYRXV V\VWHP Subtype 0013: (\H H[DPLQDWLRQ Subtype 0014: 6\VWHPDWLF LOOQHVVHV Subtype 0020: &RQVXOWDWLRQ KRXUV Subtype 0030: 2FFXSDWLRQDO DFFLGHQWV DQG LOOQHVVHV Subtype 0031: 2FFXSDWLRQDO DFFLGHQWV DQG LOOQHVVHV Subtype 0040: $FFLGHQWV DQG LOOQHVVHV Subtype 0050: $WWHQGDQFH Subtype 0100: /HJDO FRQVLGHUDWLRQV
([DPLQDWLRQ UHVXOWV
In the field 5HVXOW you enter the overall findings for the examination. In the field /DVW H[DPLQDWLRQ you enter the date of the last examination in relation to the respective examination type. A diagnosis number can be entered int the field 'LDJQRVLV
-XQH
6$3 $*
([DPLQDWLRQ GDWD
The system proposes some ([DPLQDWLRQ DUHDV for each examination type. Enter the results of the individual findings for the appropriate examination area in the field 9DOXH for the ([DPLQDWLRQ DUHD that you wanted to valuate.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Old Age Savings Accident benefits Life Insurance Health Care benefits (optional, according to company)
In this infotype, you enter the data relevant to the Jamsostek contribution for the employee. The system uses the data during monthly payroll accounting.
-DPVRVWHN 'HWDLOV
Enter the employees Jamsostek ID, and specify the marital status of the employee. The marital status is only applicable for health care benefits.
Some companies may want to replace Jamsostek with their own private insurance [Page 397] scheme. You can do this when you are customizing the system. Insurance contributions also varies depending on the type of industry a company belongs to. Customizing allows you to change the insurance contribution level for both employers and employees.
-XQH
6$3 $*
This infotype is closely related to infotype 0005, Leave entitlement [Page 354] . The days or hours to be compensated are automatically deducted from the remaining leave entitlement. When you enter a record, the system checks if the employee is still entitled to leave in the specified leave year and for the assigned object identification. the wage type you have entered is permissible. It also checks if the entry of an amount is permissible or required for this wage type.
You can enter up to six leave types for one record. This data is transferred to payroll accounting with the date specified here. The indicator you set in the OHDYH W\SH field can be queried in payroll accounting
-XQH
6$3 $*
The term remaining leave in the PA system refers to days of leave which have not yet been accounted, requested or compensated on the current date. Each time you enter a leave record in the $EVHQFHV infotype (2001) or compensation data in infotype 0083, the system checks that the employee still has an adequate number of leave days and updates the leave totals accordingly. You have to store the employees leave entitlement, as stipulated in the work contract, in the system only once. The system then automatically generates the employees leave entitlement for the following years.
Leave entitlement is a special type of absence quota [Page 219] . The special entry options required for leave entitlement are provided in infotype 0005.
The system proposes these default values when you create an infotype record. These values can be overwritten.
-XQH
6$3 $*
The leave maintenance infotype is called as part of the hiring event. It shows the leave types and their entitlement values entered through the leave entitlement infotype. If the employee has any outstanding entitlement or accrual values owing from a previous position or employer, these can be entered. If the employee has any other leave types not entered through the leave entitlement infotype, these can be entered. After the employee has been hired, all changes to leave types should be done through the leave view. The adjustments made through the leave view are then stored in the leave maintenance infotype.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Subtype 0001: &RPPRQ LQVXUDQFH WKURXJK FRPSDQ\ Subtype 0003: 3HUVRQDO SHQVLRQ WKURXJK FRPSDQ\ Subtype 0005: ,QMXU\ LQVXUDQFH WKURXJK FRPSDQ\
Monthly payroll and SYOYO processing refer to this infotype to check the insurance amounts to be deducted. As during company leaving periods insurance deduction is stopped, fields 0RQWKO\ GHGXFWLRQ and 6<2<2 GHGXFWLRQ can be set to zero.
This infotype will not function properly in the absence of an instance of infotype 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO DVVLJQPHQW (0001) with a corresponding validity period. To cope with the different types of injury insurance products (like automobile and fire insurance), field ,QV &RQWUDFW 7\SH is displayed for subtype 0003 (LQMXU\ LQVXUDQFH WKURXJK FRPSDQ\). Infotype /LIH DQG ,QMXU\ ,QVXUDQFH ,QIRUPDWLRQ (0143) records should be created or updated in the following situations:
When the employee applies for life or injury insurance. A new record is should be created to define the insurance contract and the amounts to be deducted. When the employee makes any changes related to the life or injury insurance contract. The insurance record should be updated to reflect the changes. When the employee cancels the life or injury insurance contract. The related insurance record should be deleted.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Subtype DGWB: 8QLRQ FRQWULEXWLRQ Subtype MIPK: 5HQW DQG FDU Subtype PERS: 6WDII SXUFKDVLQJ Subtype VERS: ,QVXUDQFH
You can set up additional wage type classes as subtypes in customizing. You can enter several limits for a ZDJH W\SH FODVV Limits are only validated against class amounts. Therefore, one or more wage types can be included in a class. You can call up the possible classes using the possible entries key )From the assignment table, you can see which wage types can go into a class. An ,QWHUYDO QXPEHU must be assigned to every limit entered. This indicates the time frame for limiting deductions. By using the possible entries key ) you can display all the time frames that have been entered in the system and choose one. If should need a new interval definition, please consult your system administrator. There are two ways of entering a limit. One way, is to enter a fixed amount in the field $PRXQW or alternatively, you can enter a rule. The amount is given in the currency that has been assigned to the plant. The rule determines that the limits amount will be formed by using the employees payroll data. This field is used as a referenct to the definition of a rule. One or more wage types are assigned to a rule. Each with a certain percentage. Payroll results are used to determine these wage types and are included in the limit with x per cent.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Subtype 0300 (Loan balance transfer) is not used in the standard operating system. It is only used for transferring loans from the old system. The payment types, i.e. subtypes, are predefined and cannot be changed.
/RDQ DVVLJQPHQW
The loan for which a payment or a special repayment has been entered, is determined by making an entry in the fields /RDQ W\SH and 6HTXHQWLDO QXPEHU If the external number exists in the infotype &RPSDQ\ /RDQV (0045) then this will be displayed.
3D\PHQW GDWD
The field 'DWH RI SD\PHQW determines the payroll period in which payment data is transfered to payroll accounting. In the field $PRXQW you enter the amount of the loan payment or the special repayment. For further information on maintaining the infotype /RDQ 3D\PHQWV (0078), please refer to the Payroll online guide. 3OHDVH VHH Company Loans (Infotype 0045) [Page 269]
-XQH
6$3 $*
If you want to enter parental leave for a male employee, use infotype 2001, $EVHQFHV. Absences that you enter in the maternity protection infotype are automatically stored in the $EVHQFHV infotype.
In the customizing system, you can set the dates up to which an employee can apply for parental leave. If these dates are exceeded, the system does not permit entry of the absence type.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Subtype E001: 8QLRQ &&22 Subtype E002: 8QLRQ 8*7 Subtype E003: 8QLRQ &17 Subtype E004: 8QLRQ 862
3D\PHQW GDWD
Here you enter the amount that the employee is to pay to the organization.
3D\HH
Enter the bank details of the organization that is entitled to the employees membership fees. The payee can be subdivided by using the field *URXSLQJ For example, the occupational group key can be used for unions.
1DWLRQDO )HDWXUHV
3OHDVH VHH Membership Fees (Infotype 0057): National Features Spain [Page 361]
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
3D\ OHYHOV
An employees pay level determines which of the three contribution ranges is paid into the pension scheme. If an employee earns up to the /RZ figure, the payroll will deduct the /RZ UDQJH contribution. If he/she earns between the /RZ and +LJK figures, the payroll will deduct the 0HGLXP UDQJH contributions and if he/she earns above the +LJK figure the 8SSHU UDQJH contributions will be deducted.
-XQH
6$3 $*
'DWHGHDGOLQH
In the standard SAP system the following 'DWHGHDGOLQH W\SHV are stored for the field 'DWHGHDGOLQH
Subtype 01: Subtype 02: Subtype 03: Subtype 04: Subtype 05: Subtype 06: Subtype 07: Subtype 08: Subtype 09: Subtype 10: Subtype 11: Subtype 20: Subtype 21: Subtype 30: Subtype 35: Subtype 36: Subtype 40: Subtype 70: Subtype 71:
([SLU\ RI SUREDWLRQ 7HPSRUDU\ ZRUN UHODWLRQVKLS 3D\ VFDOH MXPS :RUN SHUPLW &KDOOHQJH 7UDLQLQJ SHULRG 'LVPLVVDO SURWHFWLRQ ([SLU\ RI LQDFWLYH FRQWUDFW ([SLU\ RI WHPSRUDU\ FRQWUDFW 6WDII PHHWLQJ 9DFLQDWLRQ GDWH (QG RI PDWHUQLW\ SURWHFWLRQ (QG RI PDWHUQLW\ OHDYH )ROORZXS PHGLFDO 6XEPLW 3, QXPEHU 6XEPLW $+9,' 3ULRU DWWDFKPHQW 1H[W DSSUDLVDO :RUN SHUPLW H[SLUHV
You must enter a 'DWHGHDGOLQH W\SH in the field 'HDGOLQH In the field 3URFHVVLQJ LQGLFDWRU you can enter whether the deadline is being processed or has been completed. In the last case, the matchcode will be deleted.
5HPLQGHU
The information stored for the 5HPLQGHU is entered using the 5HPLQGHU GDWH and the /HDGIROORZ XS WLPH
-XQH
6$3 $*
You can determine the reminder date in the following three ways:
You can enter the reminder date directly. If the operation indicator for the relevant date/deadline type has the value %ODQN or (0LQXV), then the reminder date cannot be after the actual date/deadline. If the operation indicator has the value (3OXV), then the reminder date cannot be before the date/deadline.
The respective date is proposed by the system in conjunction with the date/deadline type and can be overwritten at any time. You enter a lead time in the form of a number, unit and the operation indicator. The reminder date will be calculated from these. If you enter the reminder date, the number and unit for the lead or follow-up time, then the reminder date entered will be ignored.
-XQH
6$3 $*
The Mutual Indemnity Society report will output an error at the bottom of the list if
an employee does not have a record for the infotype 0XWXDO ,QGHPQLW\ 6RFLHW\ (0029) for the respective fiscal year, or if the persons mutual indemnity gross amount falls above the salary limit for his/her Mutual Indemnity Society.
If you want to suppress these notes, define an exception for this person in the infotype 6WDWLVWLFV (0033), Subtype 1, in the field statistics 0XWXDO ,QGHPQLW\ 6RFLHW\ (03) stating that this is QRW UHOHYDQW IRU WKH 0XWXDO ,QGHPQLW\ 6RFLHW\ (0001). Please make sure you have entered the correct validity period.
-XQH
6$3 $*
([FHSWLRQ IODJV
You should activate the relevant flag if the employee: is a Company Director has another job and has provided you with an RD950 exempting them from NICs pays NICs on a daily basis.
The payroll will automatically calculate NICs on an annual basis for Company Directors, make only the employer contributions for employees with RD950s and make the correct deductions for sessional workers paying NICs on a daily basis.
If an employee for whom you are claiming an NIC Holiday leaves your company within 13 weeks of joining, the system will automatically adjust your companys regular payments of NICs to the Inland Revenue.
If an employees National Insurance status changes, you should create a new National Insurance record valid from the exact date of the change. This is to ensure that the payroll calculates the new contributions from the correct period within the tax year.
-XQH
6$3 $*
If there has been an underpayment, the arrears will be recovered according to the legislative rules. An overpayment is refunded and the cumulatives are corrected for End-of-Year reporting.
-XQH
6$3 $*
1HZ %DODQFH
If, for whatever reason, you need to enter a new balance you have to store information in this screen. You then store the actual new balance in the *DUQLVKPHQW 2UGHU Infotype (Infotype 0195). The &DVH 1XPEHU and the ,QWHUQDO 1XPEHU are fields for your information from the main *DUQLVKPHQW 'RFXPHQW infotype. The 6HTXHQFH 1XPEHU is the number of all adjustments. If you insert a new adjustment the system gives you a new number. You can not overwrite the 5HDVRQ RI $GMXVWPHQW field. If you wish to make a different kind of adjustment you must select that particular menu option. You must enter the date on which you make the adjustment in the 'DWH RI $GMXVWPHQW field. Every *DUQLVKPHQW 2UGHU 7\SH has a 6HTXHQFH 1XPEHU. You have to fill in the 6HTXHQFH 1XPEHU to the 2UGHU 7\SH to which you are referring in the 6HT1R *DUQ 2UGHUV field. This is very important. Possible entries are the valid sequence numbers of the order types in the infotype *DUQLVKPHQW 2UGHU. The 2UGHU 7\SH is displayed for your information. Remember, in this case, it is the order type which belongs to the 6HTXHQFH 1XPEHU.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Subtype 1:
*HQHUDO QRWLILFDWLRQ
In this subtype, you assign text module that has been created using 6$3VFULSW to a personnel number. You can maintain this text module by using the menu path 7RROV :RUG SURFHVVLQJ 6WDQGDUG WH[W Please choose +5B* for the text ID. You cannot edit the text module in the infotypes. Please maintain the short title for all the texts that you use. This will facilitate the overview in the infotypes as the short title rather than the name of the text module is used in the list screen or the overview screen. Please be aware that a change to a text module affects every personnel number because this particular text is assigned to the subtype *HQHUDO QRWLILFDWLRQ (1) hence the name of the subtype.
Subtype 2:
3HUVRQDO QRWLILFDWLRQV
In this subtype, you maintain an individual text module for a specific personnel number. You can only maintain and display this text directly in the infotype. You cannot display or change this text using the process described for the subtype *HQHUDO QRWLILFDWLRQV (1).
1RWLILFDWLRQ GDWD
The fields 7H[W QDPH and /DQJXDJH identify the text module. The system assigns the text name internally for the texts created for the subtype 3HUVRQDO QRWLILFDWLRQV (2). These names cannot be changed. The 6KRUW WLWOH is used to describe the text. You can only make an entry in this field for the subtype 3HUVRQDO QRWLILFDWLRQV (2). In the subtype *HQHUDO QRWLILFDWLRQV (1), the short title is displayed in its saved form when you maintain the standard text. You cannot change the short title in the infotype. By entering a numeric value in the field 6HTXHQFH you can control the print sequence for the individual notifications if several notifications exist at any one point in time. The notifications are then printed in number order. The field 6RXUFH V\VWHP is solely used for entering administrative information, for example, the source system of the notification. This is currently not evaluated by the standard SAP system. The 3D\UROO W\SH is used to identify which type of payroll accounting the notification takes into consideration. In the lower area of the infotype, the first five lines of the notification are displayed. You can maintain the text for personal notifications here. If this area is not sufficient, oyu can branch into the 6$3VFULSW (GLWRU by means of the pushbutton.
-XQH
6$3 $*
At present the standard SAP system does not support the formating within the employee remuneration statement. You can find additional information on the considerations of notifications within the employee remuneration statement in the 3D\UROO $FFRXQWLQJ implementation guide in the section 5HPXQHUDWLRQ VWDWHPHQW 6SHFLDO IHDWXUHV ZKHQ VHWWLQJ XS IRUP 6HW XS QRWLILFDWLRQV LQ D ZLQGRZ
-XQH
6$3 $*
Subtype 01: Subtype 02: Subtype 03: Subtype 04: Subtype 05: Subtype 06:
2EMHFW RQ ORDQ
In addition to the 7\SH RI REMHFW RQ ORDQ you must also enter the 1XPEHU of items actually on loan. The field /RDQ REMHFW QXPEHU can, on request, be validated against the database $1/$
The standard SAP system does not use this infotype in reporting. You can use this infotype in your own reporting.
A valid event must exist on the begin date of this infotype record, i.e. the employee cannot have left the company.
-XQH
6$3 $*
This infotype also contains information that is of importance for authorization checks and for controlling payroll accounting.
&RPSDQ\ 6WUXFWXUH
Here, you determine which company code, personnel area and personnel subarea an employee will belong to. You can also define the cost center and, if necessary, assign your employee to a business area. You cannot make an entry in the data fields &RPSDQ\ &RGH 3HUVRQQHO $UHD and &RVW &HQWHU These fields can only be maintained by carrying out a personnel event. The value for the field /HJDO (QWLW\ is determined automatically and cannot be overwritten.
3HUVRQQHO 6WUXFWXUH
The values for the fields (PSOR\HH *URXS and (PSOR\HH 6XEJURXS are taken from the infotype (YHQWV (0000) and cannot be overwritten. You can only assign these values by carrying out a personnel event. The default values in the field 3D\UROO $FFRXQWLQJ $UHD can be overwritten.
2UJDQL]DWLRQDO 6WUXFWXUH
You can also assign your employee to a job.
$GPLQLVWUDWRU
Finally, this infotype also contains information about the administrator, i.e. which adminstrator is responsible for which personal data for the personnel number concerned.
-XQH
6$3 $*
&RUSRUDWH VWUXFWXUH
This field is used to assign the applicant to a company code, personnel area and personnel subarea. You cannot make an entry in the fields FRPSDQ\ FRGH and SHUVRQQHO DUHD You can only maintain these fields by running the appropriate applicant event (for example, &KDQJH RI RUJ DVVLJQPHQW
$SSOLFDQW VWUXFWXUH
Here you determine to which applicant group and applicant range an applicant is assigned. You cannot make an entry in these two fields. You can only maintain them by running the appropriate applicant event (for example, &KDQJH RI RUJ DVVLJQPHQW
3HUVRQQHO RIILFHU
This field contains the name of the personnel officers responsible for the application.
If you run the applicant event ,QLWLDO HQWU\ RI EDVLF GDWD the name of the personnel officer will automatically be determined from the advertisement entered and/or the unsolicited application group. If an applicant is assigned to an advertisement, a personnel officer is determined who is responsible for the vacancies advertised. If a personnel officer other than the one determined by the system is to be responsible for the applicant then you can enter the relevant personnel officer. This personnel officer is now responsible for the applicant and will not be overwritten by the system
-XQH
6$3 $*
7D[ W\SHV
All tax types H[FHSW withholding tax are displayed and may be adjusted for the particular authority. You may either alter the calculation of the tax by changing the formula used, or exempt an employee entirely from a tax. Any change you make here will override the standard calculation of the tax.
-XQH
6$3 $*
You can specify overtime rules for flextime work schedules in the customizing system. If overtime breaks are defined in the daily work schedule, the system automatically transfers this information to the overtime infotype. These breaks can also be defined individually.
3D\PHQW GDWD
There are two ways of entering payment for overtime in the system: 1. 2YHUWLPH DQG RYHUWLPH FRPSHQVDWLRQ W\SH Overtime records are evaluated in time evaluation or payroll accounting. Which wage types or time bonuses are generated there depends, for example, on the public holiday class, duration of overtime, work on Sunday, etc. as well as on the RYHUWLPH FRPSHQVDWLRQ W\SH which you can enter in the Overtime infotype or in infotype 2007, Attendance quotas [Page 241] . 2. 'LIIHUHQW SD\PHQW Use the menu path *RWR 'LIIHUHQW SD\PHQW to enter information on different payment for overtime. You can: assign a premium redefine payment by assigning a pay scale group and level control payment by entering a different position add or deduct a specific amount using the Extra pay indicator and the Valuation basis
-XQH
6$3 $*
You can use this infotype to transfer cost and work data to $FFRXQWLQJ and /RJLVWLFV.
-XQH
6$3 $*
lock indicator, i.e. the indicator that excludes a personnel number from payroll accounting last payroll accounting date date of the last retroactive calculation indicator that signifies a personnel number for retroactive calculation the earliest possible payroll recalculation date for the personnel number concerned
7LPH (YDOXDWLRQ
The field 3HUV FDOHQGDU DV RI defines the start date of the personal calendar. If PDC is active, then the field 3'& UHFDOFXODWLRQ contains the PDC retroactive calculaiton date.
2WKHU 'DWD
The initial input date for a personnel number is displayed here.
-XQH
6$3 $*
3HQVLRQV 3HQVLRHQHQ
In the HR system, you can maintain several pension provisions. By specifying a pension indicator in the field 3HQVLRQ LQGLFDWRU (3HQVLRHQFRGH), you can define the desired pension type. You can define the choice of pension types in customizing. The field &RQWULEXWLRQ LQGLFDWRU (3UHPLHSOLFKWFRGH) contains centralized information and the following premium obligation variants:
Indicator : Exempt from contributions. Indicator : The employee is liable to contributions. The premium is either paid by the employer and/or the employee. Indicator : The contribution needs to be recalculated. Depending on the specifications laid down by the pension fund, the premium can either be determined individually for each payroll period, i.e. recalculated for every period (calculated on a period basis) or the premium can be calculated at the beginning of the year and deducted in installments periodically (calculated on an annual basis). If an employees pay changes and you are using the latter of the two calculation methods, then the premium contribution will also have to be recalculated in accordance with the new calculation basis.
Indicator : The premium contributions are determined manually by means of a user wage type and the relevant processing class. You can set up this wage type in customizing.
Payroll needs to know to what extent the employee participates in the pension scheme. For employees who work part-time, this percentage can differ from the one stored in the infotype 3ODQQHG :RUNLQJ +RXUV (0007), i.e. they can participate fully in the pension scheme. This information is entered in the field (PSOR\PHQW SHUFHQWDJH SHQVLRQ ('HHOWLMG).
The value stored in the infotype 3HQVLRQV 1/ (0110) is a decisive factor for the percentage of the employees participation in the pension provision. If this field is left blank, then the system will automatically assume that the value is 100 %. The employment percentage defined in the infotype 3ODQQHG :RUNLQJ 7LPH (0007) is not relevant for determining pension premiums.
-XQH
6$3 $*
6XEW\SH
Before displaying or maintaining a Pension administration record, you must enter a subtype. This is the type of scheme that the employee contributes to and may be a percentage, mixed value, flat rate pension scheme or one using bespoke calculations. If you have a company pension scheme, this will have been set up as a subtype (please see the IMG section 3HQVLRQ 6FKHPHV).
2EMHFW ,'
This is generated automatically by the system for employees who pay into more than one pension scheme. It ensures that the payroll differentiates between contributions to different schemes.
5HIHUHQFH ILJXUHV
These appear as defaults and are the standard employee and employer contributions agreed within your company. If an employee has a different arrangement you should overwrite these values in the $FWXDO YDOXHV column.
6XSSOHPHQWV
Please see Additional Voluntary Contributions (AVCs). For further information please see, Flat rate pension scheme [Page 319] Percentage pension scheme [Page 381] Mixed value pension scheme [Page 363] Additional Voluntary Contributions (AVCs) [Page 229]
-XQH
6$3 $*
3D\ OHYHOV
An employees pay level determines which of the three ranges of percentage contribution is paid to the pension scheme. If an employee earns up to the /RZ figure, the payroll will deduct the /RZ UDQJH percentage contributions. If he/she earns between the /RZ and +LJK figures, the payroll will deduct the 0HGLXP UDQJH contributions and if he/she earns above the +LJK figure the 8SSHU UDQJH contributions will be deducted.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Subtype 1: Subtype 2:
Infotype SHUVRQDO $SSUDLVDOV ,QIRUPDWLRQ (0147) stores the results of the employees appraisals and the number of levels the employee should be regraded (for pay scale reclassification or promotion).
This infotype will not function properly in the absence of an instance of infotypes 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO DVVLJQPHQW (0001) and %DVLF 3D\ (0008) with a corresponding validity period. The default appraisal features displayed are determined according to the appraisal indicator via IHDWXUH $33. Infotype 3HUVRQDO $SSUDLVDOV ,QIRUPDWLRQ (0147) records should be created or updated in the following situations:
-XQH
6$3 $*
During employees appraisal period When the employees appraisal is performed, all the fields should be set, with the only exception of field 36 *US FKDQJH. During pay scale reclassification periods If the employee will have a pay scale reclassification, field 36 /YO FKDQJH should be set. During promotion If the employee will have a promotion, field 36 *US FKDQJH should be set.
-XQH
6$3 $*
The start date for the first record of the infotype 3HUVRQDO 'DWD (0002) is determined from the employees/applicants date of birth.
1DPH
The first set of data defines the employees/applicants name. These include the following: form of address, first name, second name or name at birth. Also included are the name by which you are known, initials, academic title, name prefixes and name suffixes.
'DWH RI %LUWK
This set of data includes the date of birth, place of birth, nationality and language.
Because the individual members of the employees/applicants family do not have to be entered in the system, a check is not run to see whether the contents of the field 1RFKLOGUHQ corresponds to the actual number of children entered in the infotype )DPLO\ (0021).
1DWLRQDO )HDWXUHV
3OHDVH VHH Personal Data (Infotype 0002): National Features Indonesia [Page 385] Personal Data (Infotype 0002): National Features The Netherlands [Page 386]
-XQH
6$3 $*
1DPH
The /DVW 1DPH, )LUVW 1DPH and %LUWK 1DPH fields are represented by a single 1DPH ILHOG. You enter the entire name of the employee in this field.
)DPLO\
UHOLJLRQ
The 1XPEHU RI FKLOGUHQ field is removed. The system automatically counts the number of children when you enter their data in the Family/Related Person Infotype [Page 298].
-XQH
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK 3HUVRQDO 'DWD ,QIRW\SH 1DWLRQDO )HDWXUHV 7KH 1HWKHUODQGV
6$3 $*
1DPH
The field ,QLWLDOV is a required entry field. As a result, the widespread use of initials rather than a first name is taken into consideration.
Please note that when you are entering initials, the system will automatically place a period after each capital letter, but not after each small letter. This is due to the name format.
In the format, the system will output $$ as $$ whereas as -(V' will become -(V'. In the field 1DPH LQGLFDWRU you can determine an individual name output for the employee/applicant, i.e. you can define which of the name elements entered in this infotype are to be used and in what order.
-XQH
6$3 $*
%DVLF GDWD
You can store the ID card number and the validity period of this ID card. If the person isnt a Belgian person, the work permission and residential permission has to be stored.
-XQH
6$3 $*
7D[DWLRQ ,QIRUPDWLRQ
Stores the indicators referenced by Payroll calculation Year-End-Adjustment processes.
This infotype will not function properly in the absence of instance of infotype 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO DVVLJQPHQW (0001) with a corresponding validity period. Infotype 3HUVRQQHO 7D[ 6WDWXV ,QIRUPDWLRQ (0145) is registered/Updated at the following occasions:
At Hiring:
-XQH
6$3 $*
When an employee enters the company, income tax deduction information (Taxation information and Employees tax deduction information) used in the monthly payroll and SYOYO process.
At Change of taxation information: When an employees tax table has changed due to income increase or YEA indicator has changed due to non-residency, necessary to register appropriate taxation information.
At Change of Employees tax deduction information: When the tax deduction condition of an employee changed, necessary to register appropriate tax deduction information. At Change of an employees status (Retirement, Long-term Leave, Transfer): When the status of employee has changes with above reasons, necessary to register the residence tax information such as method to collect the unpaid residence tax. The detail residence tax information is stored in 5HVLGHQFH 7D[ LQIRUPDWLRQ (Infotype 0142).
-XQH
6$3 $*
If you account time data using the time evaluation program, you must set the VWDWXV WLPH UHFRUGLQJ for all employees. If you do not, you cannot run the accounting program.
$GGLWLRQDO QRWHV
If you have appropriately configured infotype 0007, you can use the $GGLWLRQDO WLPH ,' field. This field contains a special indicator which is processed in payroll accounting according to specific customer requirements. It is not used in the SAP standard system.
-XQH
6$3 $*
&RPPHUFLDO SRZHU RI DWWRUQH\ *HQHUDO FRPPHUFLDO SRZHU RI DWWRUQH\ 3RZHU RI DWWRUQH\ IRU EDQNLQJ WUDQVDFWLRQV
3RZHU RI $WWRUQH\
You can also enter the 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO XQLW that the power of attorney applies to. If the modules 3$ (Personnel administration) and 3' (Personnel Planning and Development) are integrated, then the validity period and the text for the organizational unit will be taken from the 3' module.
If the field 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO 8QLW has been filled in, then the validity period for the infotype record 3RZHUV RI $WWRUQH\ (0030) must lie within the validity period of the 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO XQLW The 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO XQLW is displayed and is ready for input.
If the 3' module is not active, then only the 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO XQLW is output if it contains an actual value.
A valid event must exist on the begin date of the infotype record. The employee cannot have left the company.
-XQH
6$3 $*
low-income earners: employees who earn less than a defined amount. Employees who are at least 23 years of age and whose income exceeds the assessment threshold for low-income earners at some time in the future can, under certain circumstances, remain eligible to a certain percentage of this deduction for a maximum of 24 months ('RRUVWURRPUHJHOLQJ).
the long-term unemployed: employees who were registered at the employment office as unemployed for more than 12 months at a stretch (5HJLRQDDO %HVWXXU YRRU GH $UEHLGVYRRU]LHQLQJ 5%$, or employees who have the same status according to the law. The duration of the work relationship must be at least 12 weeks with a minimum weekly working time of 15 hours.
employees participating in an educational program or vocational training: Employees who are receiving training to complement their vocation, e.g. employees who receive practical training as part of %HURHSVSUDNWLMNYRUPLQJ or /HHUOLQJZH]HQ in accordance with the vocational training act (:HW HGXFDWLH HQ EHURHSVRQGHUZLMV; college assistants and scientists who have a status (DVVLVWHQWHQ LQ RSOHLGLQJ DLRV or RQGHU]RHNHUV LQ RSOHLGLQJ RLRV) as defined by the college act :HW RS KHW KRJHU RQGHUZLMV HQ ZHWHQVFKDSSHOLMN RQGHU]RHN and the associated regulations of the 5HFKWVSRVLWLHUHJOHPHQW ZHWHQVFKDSSHOLMN RQGHUZLMV HQ RQGHU]RHN; college graduates who are working towards a doctorate while working at a private company or at the Dutch Institute for Applied Scientific Research (1HGHUODQGVH RUJDQLVDWLH YRRU WRHJHSDVW QDWXXUZHWHQVFKDSSHOLMN RQGHU]RHN 712).
The reduction amount is mainly calculated on the basis of the employees remuneration in the respective payroll period as determined by the current work relationship as in column 14 of the payroll account (/RRQVWDDW /RRQ YRRU GH ORRQEHODVWLQJSUHPLH YRONVYHU]HNHULQJHQ). The premium reduction can be claimed by the employer directly, i.e. without the relevant authorization from the tax office. The company must meet a number of administrative obligations
-XQH
6$3 $*
stipulated by the legislator. These include providing a copy of the document justifying the premium reduction (proof of long-term unemployment, contract between employee and educational institution or participating company) and recording the reductions granted to individual employees in the accounting department within two months after the end of the calendar year. The HR system supports the following types of premium reduction:
premium reduction for low-income earners ('HHOQDPH ODJH ORQHQ) premium reduction for the long-term unemployed ('HHOQDPH ODQJGXULJ ZHUNOR]HQ) Statutory regulations rule out the possibility of employees taking advantage of this particular reduction while also benefiting from a reduction through participating in an educational program or vocational training.
premium reduction for employees who are participating in educational/vocational training programs ('HHOQDPH RQGHUZLMV) Employees cannot benefit from this type of reduction if they are also taking advantage of the reduction for the long-term unemployed.
If you make changes to infotype 0303 data for a period that has already been accounted, a retroactive accounting run is automatically triggered for the employee.
-XQH
6$3 $*
)XUWKHU GDWD
In the field 7D[ OLDELOLW\ the system enters the default XQOLPLWVXEMHFW WR WD[ and in the field 7D[ WDEOH JHQHUDO WD[ WDEOH You can overwrite these default values. These values usually applied during the period of previous employment.
&RQILUPHG YDOXH
Here, the system suggests wage types, for which the previous employer has entered amounts on the reverse side of the employment tax card.
-XQH
6$3 $*
The employees tax features, currently limited to the payslip (L16) that the present employer has. Values that appear on the pay slip (L16) from the previous employer, such as: taxable wage, tax-exempt amounts that already apply. withheld employment tax.
In the field 1RQVXEPLWWDO / you enter whether the present employer has the pay slip (L16). The values from the previous employer are taken into account in the current calendar year. When you create a record, the system will suggest wage types. If you entered the validity period on the selection screen, then the default values will be formed using the records begin date, if not, then the system date will be used. You cannot enter the wage types. You can neither add new wage types or delete existing ones. Enter values for the wage types. Use the values contained on the previous pay slip (L16). Th attributes for the individual previous employer wage types are defined in accordance with the following aspects:
Create a record for each of the periods that appear on the wage slip.
-XQH
6$3 $*
$GGLWLRQDO QRWH
The infotype 3UHYLRXV (PSOR\PHQW (0023) is not used in Reporting in the standard SAP system. Depending on your requirements, you can use the infotype for your own reporting or within the framework of the ABAP/4 Query.
-XQH
6$3 $*
,QVXUDQFH 'HWDLOV
You enter the insurance details of the employee. The details depend on how the system is customized.
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
An employee requests payment of a desired amount2. you can make changes using a batch input program.
A group of employees want the interest on the assigned profit sharing amount to be paid to them annually. Use the field 7D[ RSWLRQ in the infotype 3URILW 6KDULQJ (0098) to choose this option. An employee or a group of employees want a complete years profit sharing to be paid. The program will calculate the interest as well as the deductions. A batch input session will then enter this data into the infotype 3URILW 6KDULQJ (0098). The end of the payment period has been reached. The amount (including interest and minus deductions) assigned to every employee is entered into the infotype $GGLWLRQDO 3D\PHQWV (0015) which can then be accessed by payroll. For each profit sharing assignment, there are eight payment options. You need to enter the reason for payment, the payment date as well as the amount paid for each payment option. This allows you to manage profit sharing together with the annual interest payments for profit sharing that has been running for three, five or eight years. You can obtain the following information on profit sharing:
The payroll accounting for profit sharing provides an overview of all the existing records that have not been paid, the resulting deductions and interest, the payments and the periods to be taken into consideration. a list can be produced for the tax office containing all the information on all the existing records that have not been paid which is divided into capital, interest and deductions, and a list of all the profits that have been paid in a specified period.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Subtype 0001: &RPPRQ SURSHUW\ DFFXPXODWLRQ VDYLQJV Subtype 0002: 3URSHUW\ DFFXPXODWLRQ VDYLQJV IRU KRXVLQJ Subtype 0003: 3URSHUW\ DFFXPXODWLRQ VDYLQJV IRU SHQVLRQ
Monthly payroll and SYOYO processing refer to this infotype to check the amounts to be deducted.
This infotype will not function properly in the absence of an instance of infotype 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO DVVLJQPHQW (0001) with a corresponding validity period. For &RPPRQ 3URSHUW\ $FFXPXODWLRQ 6DYLQJV (subtype 0001), field 2EMHFW ,' is displayed. A different Object ID value must be used to distinguish each bank assigned to this type of savings. Infotype 3URSHUW\ DFFXPXODWLRQ VDYLQJV LQIRUPDWLRQ (0144) records should be created or updated in the following situations:
When the employee submits an application for starting a given type of savings. When the employee submits an application for changing the terms of a given type of savings.
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
Enter the period without the payroll year. The system uses the interval to determine when further payment periods occur. In the following year, payment commences in the first period. If an interim document for a transfer has been created for a wage type by the report 35(/,0,1$5< '$7$ 0(',80 (;&+$1*( 352*5$0 (RPCDTBX0), then the field 7UDQVIHU SHULRG appears on the single screen. In this instance, the wage type can no longer be deleted. Infotype 0014 5HFXUULQJ 3D\PHQWV'HGXFWLRQV enables you to enter a cost assignment. This means that recurring payments and deductions can be assigned to individual objects within cost accounting. You can enter a cost assignment on the subsequent screen by using the &RVW DVVLJQPHQW pushbutton. If cost assignment data has been maintained, this is displayed on the first screen.
1DWLRQDO )HDWXUHV
Recurring Payments and Deductions (Infotype 0014): National Features for Canada [Page 404] Recurring Payments and Deductions (Infotype 0014): National Features for Indonesia [Page 405] Recurring Payments and Deductions (Infotype 0014): National Features for the USA [Page 403] 3OHDVH VHH Basic Pay (Infotype 0008) [Page 249] Additional Payments (Infotype 0015) [Page 226]
-XQH
6$3 $*
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK
5HFXUULQJ 3D\PHQWV DQG 'HGXFWLRQV ,QIRW\SH 1DWLRQDO )HDWXUHV IRU WKH 86$
5HFXUULQJ 3D\PHQWV DQG 'HGXFWLRQV ,QIRW\SH 1DWLRQDO )HDWXUHV IRU WKH 86$
In the country version for the USA, you can use a payment model to determine when payments and deductions are effected. The combination of date modifier and period modifier within the payment model determines when such payments and deductions occur. The Customizing System enables you to enter default values for payment models. These default values depend on the organizational assignment of the employee and the wage type.
-XQH
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK 5HFXUULQJ 3D\PHQWV DQG 'HGXFWLRQV ,QIRW\SH 1DWLRQDO )HDWXUHV IRU &DQDGD
6$3 $*
5HFXUULQJ 3D\PHQWV DQG 'HGXFWLRQV ,QIRW\SH 1DWLRQDO )HDWXUHV IRU &DQDGD
In the country version for Canada, you can use a payment model to determine when payments and deductions are effected. The combination of date modifier and period modifier within the payment model determines when such payments and deductions occur. The Customizing System enables you to enter default values for payment models. These default values depend on the organizational assignment of the employee and the wage type.
-XQH
6$3 $*
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK
5HFXUULQJ 3D\PHQWV DQG 'HGXFWLRQV ,QIRW\SH 1DWLRQDO )HDWXUHV IRU ,QGRQHVLD
5HFXUULQJ 3D\PHQWV DQG 'HGXFWLRQV ,QIRW\SH 1DWLRQDO )HDWXUHV IRU ,QGRQHVLD
For Indonesia, we have the following national features: You can use a payment model to determine when payments and deductions are effected. The combination of date modifier and period modifier within the payment model determines when such payments and deductions occur. The Customizing System lets you enter default values for payment models. These default values depend on the organizational assignment of the employee and the wage type.
-XQH
6$3 $*
'LIIHUHQW GDWD
You can calculate reduced working hours and/or bad weather pay by using the values contained in the infotype 7D[ 'DWD (0012) aswell as by using other values. If the values that are to be used for calculating reduced working hours or bad weather pay differ from the values stored in the infotype 7D[ 'DWD (0012), then the relevant fields will be filled with this data group.
6SHFLDO UHJXODWLRQV
You should only make entries in the fields under this heading if a special regulation is to be considered when calculating reduced working hours or bad weather pay or if the employee is to be given an advance for reduced working hours or bad weather pay. For further information on maintaining the infotype 5HGXFHG +RXUV %DG :HDWKHU 3D\ (0049), please refer to the online guide for 3HUVRQQHO $GPLQLVWUDWLRQ DQG 3D\UROO
-XQH
6$3 $*
When you maintain these infotypes for one personnel number, the records belonging to all the other interrelated personnel numbers will be maintained accordingly. Other infotypes, that for example, define the employees employment relationship, such as
Organizational Assignment (0001) Basic Pay (0008) and the country-specific infotypes for tax and social insurance,
can have a different devolpment for each individual personnel number. A change made for one personnel number, is not, therefore, automatically made for all the other personnel numbers. As a rule, you only need to maintain the infotype 5HIHUHQFH 3HUVRQQHO 1XPEHU (0031) if you want to retrospectively create a relationship between two personnel numbers that already exist, or if you want delete a link between two personnel numbers. If you include a personnel number, all the infotypes belonging to that personnel number that can be copied will be taken on by the current personnel number.
-XQH
6$3 $*
The maintenance of infotype 5HIHUHQFH 3HUVRQQHO 1XPEHU (0031) is a prerequisite for the maintenance of infotype 5HIHUHQFH 3HUVRQQHO 1XPEHU 3ULRULW\ (0121). By using the infotype 5HIHUHQFH 3HUVRQQHO 1XPEHU 3ULRULW\ (0021) you can determine the sequence in which an employees reference personnel numbers are sent to payroll accounting. This sequence is known as the priority. The reference personnel number with the highest priority will be sent to payroll accounting first. On the selection screen, the priorities appear in the sequence in which the 5HIHUHQFH SHUVRQQHO QXPEHUV were entered into the system. The personnel number entered first has the highest priority. You can also choose a main personnel number from the masses of 5HIHUHQFH SHUVRQQHO QXPEHUV that have been entered in the infotype 5HIHUHQFH 3HUVRQQHO 1XPEHU 3ULRULW\ (0121). This can be useful, if 1. only certain payroll steps are to be carried out for a 5HIHUHQFH SHUVRQQHO QXPEHU during payroll, or 2. you only want one of the 5HIHUHQFH SHUVRQQHO QXPEHUV to be considered by the evaluation programs. If a payroll is run for an employee that has more than one personnel number in a company, we call this a multiple payroll. A multiple payroll cannot be started by the payroll driver. If an employee who has a multiple payroll, enters a payroll accounting area, then the payroll run for that entire payroll accounting area has to be started using the report 6FKHGXOHU (RPCALC*M).
5HVWULFWLRQV
The infotype 5HIHUHQFH 3HUVRQQHO 1XPEHU 3ULRULW\ (0121) has the following restrictions. 1. All the personnel numbers that have been entered in infotype 0121 must be the employees 5HIHUHQFH SHUVRQQHO QXPEHUV 2. If a main personnel number has been chosen, this personnel number must also be one of the 5HIHUHQFH SHUVRQQHO QXPEHUV that has been entered in the current infotype record. 3. All 5HIHUHQFH SHUVRQQHO QXPEHUV must be in the same payroll accounting area.
-XQH
6$3 $*
4. You can only enter a begin date for a record. This date ist the first date of a payroll period. 5. An infotype record for the infotypes (YHQWV (0000) and 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO $VVLJQPHQW (0001) must exist for at least one day during the validity period for a 5HIHUHQFH SHUVRQQHO QXPEHU to be listed in the current priority. 6. All the 5HIHUHQFH SHUVRQQHO QXPEHUV that are in the current priority must belong to the same legal entity. 7. The relative sequence of the 5HIHUHQFH SHUVRQQHO QXPEHUV in the priority cannot not be changed.
An employee has the refence personnel numbers P1, P2, P3, P4 and P5. The following records for the infotype 5HIHUHQFH 3HUVRQQHO 1XPEHU 3ULRULW\ (0121) has been created one after the other for the employee. (Priority of 5HIHUHQFH SHUVRQQHO QXPEHUV in their entry sequence):
The following new records cannot be created: Record 1: <P3,P1> This record directly contradicts the priority assigned in record A (in record A P1 is before P3). Record 2: <P3,P4> This record contradicts the combination in records A and B. Record 3: <P4,P5> This record contradicts the combination in records B and C. All the above restrictions are checked when you maintain the infotype.
&XUUHQW SULRULW\
The lefthand column contains the priority entered in the current record. Each line is indentified with a number which is created by the priority. The numbers reflect the payroll sequence.
3UHYLRXV SULRULW\
The middle column contains the priority entered in the previous record. This column is only displayed if a previous record exists. By previous record, we mean an infotype record that contains the date that is one day before the begin date of the current infotype record. Each line is identified by a number which is created by the priority. This column is used to make sure the user bears restriction 7 in mind.
-XQH
6$3 $*
The righthand column contains all the employees 5HIHUHQFH SHUVRQQHO QXPEHUV that have been entered in the infotype 5HIHUHQFH 3HUVRQQHO 1XPEHU (0031). This column is used to make sure the user bears restriction 1 in mind. The payroll accounting area for each 5HIHUHQFH SHUVRQQHO QXPEHU in all three columns. The payroll accounting area that belongs to the 5HIHUHQFH SHUVRQQHO QXPEHU in the specified validity period that is. This should help the user to bear restriction 3 in mind. In both the middle column and the righthand column, the 5HIHUHQFH SHUVRQQHO QXPEHU has a flag that has already been stored in the current priority. All three columns are only displayed in the &KDQJH FUHDWH DQG FRS\ PRGHV In all other instances, only the lefthand column is displayed.
5HIHUHQFH SHUVRQQHO QXPEHUV that have not been entered in teh infotype 5HIHUHQFH 3HUVRQQHO 1XPEHU 3ULRULW\ (0121) will not be sent to payroll! A check will not run to see if all the 5HIHUHQFH SHUVRQQHO QXPEHUV that fullfil one or both of the above criteria, have been maintained in the infotype! At this point, we request that the enduser is extra careful. When a payroll is run, the records belonging to the infotype 5HIHUHQFH 3HUVRQQHO 1XPEHU (0121) that are valid for the payroll period concerned, are read. This record must contain all the UHIHUHQFH SHUVRQQHO QXPEHUV that are relevant to payroll in the overall payroll period concerned. The overall payroll period can include several payroll periods. If the infotype contains 5HIHUHQFH SHUVRQQHO QXPEHUV that are not relevant for payroll then these will not be sent to payroll. If a payroll has been started, a (forced) retroactive calculation can exist for one personnel number. More than one payroll period can be accounted in a payroll run. In this instance, the system checks to see whether the validity period in additional records belonging to infotype 0121 intersects the overall payroll period (i.e. all the periods to be accounted). If this is the case, then a check is run to see whether these infotype records contain UHIHUHQFH SHUVRQQHO QXPEHUV for the employee that have not been considered. If so, then these UHIHUHQFH SHUVRQQHO QXPEHUV will be checked for their relevance to payroll. If one of these UHIHUHQFH SHUVRQQHO QXPEHUV does prove to be relevant for payroll, then the entire group of UHIHUHQFH SHUVRQQHO QXPEHUV will be rejected by payroll.
-XQH
6$3 $*
A wage type that will correct the balance and give the amount to the employee. (e.g. standard wage type MG60, Exempt) A wage type that will correct the balance and a have a special garnishment order type receive the amount, then give any remaining money to the employee. (e.g. wage type MG60 with adjustment Additional Deduction, Exempt.) A wage type that will correct the balance, give the remaining money to other garnishments by order of priority, then give any remaining money to the employee. (e.g. wage type MG70, Nonexempt) Entering no wage type, which will only correct the balance.
-XQH
6$3 $*
*HQHUDO GDWD
In the field 5HVLGHQFH VWDWXV enter the residence permit type. In the fields 'DWH RI LVVXH and ,VVXHG E\ you enter the issuing authority and the date of approval. The address can be taken from the correspondence. The fields $SSURYDO QXPEHU and ([SLU\ GDWH are to be used in the cases where the residence permit needs to be renewed or extended.
-XQH
6$3 $*
You can use the 2YHUYLHZ function on the toolbar to view an overview of the employee residence status history.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Suppose that an employee lives in San Francisco, California. You enter the code CA01 for that tax area. The system will then display the San Francisco, state of California, and Federal tax authorities to which the employee must pay tax.
-XQH
6$3 $*
This infotype will not function properly in the absence of instance of infotype 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO DVVLJQPHQW (0001) with a corresponding validity period. The record for Infotype 5HVLGHQFH 7D[ ,QIRUPDWLRQ (0142) should be created at following occasions:
At Hiring of Mid-Career: When an Mid-Career employee is hired, all the Residence Tax information carried out from the previous company must be maintained. At Entry of Municipal city code: At when 0XQLFLSDO FLW\ FRGH is entered, register or change the 7D[ DVVLJQ QR need to be maintained as well. At Receipt of Residence Tax amount notice: When the notice of Residence Tax amount arrives, the fields 7D[ <HDU, VW 3D\UROO SHULRG, 7D[ $PW S, 7D[ $PW US, 3HUV DVVQR need to be maintained. At Employees Status Change (Retirement, Long-term Leave, Transfer): When the employment status has changed with above reasons, unpaid residence tax must be collected. This kind of information is maintained from Infotype 3HUVRQQHO 7D[ 6WDWXV ,QIRUPDWLRQ (0145). 3OHDVH VHH Personnel Tax Status Information (Infotype 0145) [Page 388]
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
Subtype 1: +HDOWK ,QVXUDQFH The system will automatically display this subtype for you to maintain, if you have entered value 5 for the HI key and value 20 for the SI attribute in the infotype 6RFLDO ,QVXUDQFH (0013). By making these entries, you have indicated that the employee has private health insurance. Data on private health insurance is maintained in this subtype.
Subtype 2: 3HQVLRQ ,QVXUDQFH The system will automatically display this subtype for you to maintain, if you enter value 5 for the PI key in the infotype 6RFLDO ,QVXUDQFH (0013). By making this entry, you have indicated that the employee is exempt from pension insurance. Normally, this is only possible if the employee belongs to a so-called exempt life insurance. Data on life insurance is maintained in this infotype.
Subtype 4: 1XUVLQJ ,QVXUDQFH Subtype 7: %99 3HQVLRQ Subtype 8: ,QVXUDQFH IRU WKH 3UHVV ,QGXVWU\ Subtype 9: *HQHUDO $GGLWLRQDO ,QVXUDQFH
For subtypes 7 (BVV Pension) and 8 (Insurance for the Press Industry), you must maintain the infotype Supplementary Benefits (0126) first. 3OHDVH VHH Social Insurance (Infotype 0013) [Page 429]
-XQH
6$3 $*
Subtype : Registration Subtype : Deregistration Subtype : Notification of occasional employees Subtype : Alteration of SI-related data Subtype : Correction of registration Subtype : Correction of deregistration Subtype : Cancellation of registration Subtype : Cancellation of deregistration Subtype : Cancellation of notification of occasional employees Subtype : Special payment notification
-XQH
6$3 $*
0DW %
When you enter the details from the Mat B1 form, the Expected Week of Confinement, Qualifying Week and the suggested Maternity Pay Period are calculated automatically.
0DWHUQLW\ OHDYH
The expected end of MPP is calculated automatically when you enter the actual start of MPP. The information is used by the 663 DQG 603 $EVHQFH 3URFHVVLQJ report to calculate whether SMP is to be paid during maternity leave and at which rate. If you do not enter the actual start of MPP date, the 603 DQG 663 $EVHQFH 3URFHVVLQJ report will generate this information from the birth date when this is subsequently entered, and maintain this infotype.
You must enter the actual start of MPP date for the 603 DQG 663 $EVHQFH 3URFHVVLQJ report to be able to inform the payroll to pay Maternity Pay. The system also ensures that SMP is paid for complete weeks of Sunday to Saturday.
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
3UHYLRXV HPSOR\PHQW
If an employee joins your company with an SSP1(L) form, you will need to enter those details here.
&XUUHQW HPSOR\PHQW
During their employment with your company, an employees PIW record will be maintained automatically by the 603 DQG 663 $EVHQFH 3URFHVVLQJ report (RPUSSPG0). This includes calculating average weekly earnings and updating and extending the records validity period. When an employee has received SSP for linked PIWs over a period of 3 years, the record is closed automatically.
/HDYHUV LQIRUPDWLRQ
This is administrative information.
-XQH
6$3 $*
3ODQ GDWD
This section contains the savings plan data; the savings plan and the contribution amounts that the employee will contribute. This appears either as a percentage of the employees salary, or as a flat amount. Both the pre-tax and post-tax values for these are stored here.
(PSOR\HH GDWD
The fields Area/Grp/status and Cost group are filled by information from the General benefits data infotype. The employee eligibility is denoted by the Eligibility group, which must match that of the plan.
&RQWULEXWLRQ GDWD
This section specifies whether the contributions are to be pre-tax or post-tax. The account number to which the contributions are to be paid is also stored here.
3ODQ GDWHV
The Eligibility date is dependent on the plan. However an Eligibility override date is allowed. A Participation date for when the employee first participated in the plan is also stored here.
3ODQ DWWULEXWHV
The Plan type, Eligibility rule and Eligibility group are stored here according to the plan in which the employee is enrolled. The employee must fulfill both of these latter to be eligible for the plan.
3ODQ SDUDPHWHUV
The employer contribution rule, the vesting rule and the investment group are stored here according to the savings plan.
-XQH
6$3 $*
6HQLRULW\ GDWD
In this field group you maintain the data referring to the number of two, three or five year service anniversaries your employee has had. For the first seniority calculation by the system you can enter the number of service anniversaries as well as the starting date for the calculation manually. After the first calculation, the system will fill in the remaining fields automatically. The data entered in this field group will be used to determine the amount the employee receives as a seniority bonus.
2WKHU VSHFLILFDWLRQV
When you add a new record to this infotype, the system will suggest default values for the fields Calculation method 0pWRGR GH FiOFXOR Evaluation method 0pWRGR YDORUDFLyQ, Base amount ,PSRUWH EDVH, Percentage 3WMH $QWLJHGDG You can overwrite these values.
'DWH VSHFLILFDWLRQV
This field group displays the employees entry date in the company and the date of the last seniority update by the report RPANTIE0. )RU IXUWKHU LQIRUPDWLRQ SOHDVH DOVR VHH Basic Pay (Infotype 0008) [Page 249]
-XQH
6$3 $*
6HSDUDWH &DOFXODWLRQ
If a separate calculation is necessary, for example, if the employee receives a bonus payment that must be evaluated with a full separate limit (which is not the normal case), you must save an entry in this screen. The &DVH 1XPEHU and the ,QWHUQDO 1XPEHU are fields for you information from the main *DUQLVKPHQW 'RFXPHQW infotype. The 6HTXHQFH 1XPEHU is the number of all adjustments. If you insert a new adjustment the system gives you a new number. You cannot overwrite the 5HDVRQ RI $GMXVWPHQW field. If you wish to make a different kind of adjustment you must select that particular menu option.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Dependants are only entitled if they do not have their own health insurance. In this infotype you enter which sickness certificates an insured person or his dependants make use of in a quarter. Data can only be entered for one person at a time. This infotype has been subdivided into different subtypes to identify the different family members. The standard SAP system contains the following subtypes:
LQVXUHG SDUW\ VSRXVH DOVR FRYHUHG E\ LQVXUDQFH FKLOG DOVR FRYHUHG E\ LQVXUDQFH OHJDO JXDUGLDQ DOVR FRYHUHG E\ LQVXUDQFH WHVWDWRU DOVR FRYHUHG E\ LQVXUDQFH JXDUGLDQ DOVR FRYHUHG E\ LQVXUDQFH VWHSFKLOG DOVR FRYHUHG E\ LQVXUDQFH
3HUVRQDO GDWD
The personal data for the insured party is taken from the data stored in the infotypes 3HUVRQDO 'DWD (0002) and 6RFLDO ,QVXUDQFH $XVWULD (0044 So if you wish to create a sickness certificate for the insured party, you should maintain the infotype 3HUVRQDO 'DWD (0002) for the period in question. In addition to this, the social insurance number should be entered in the infotype 6RFLDO ,QVXUDQFH $XVWULD (0044). The default values for those also insured are determined from the data stored in the infotype )DPLO\5HODWHG 3HUVRQ (0021). So if you wish to create a sickness certificate for persons also insured, you should maintain the infotype )DPLO\5HODWHG 3HUVRQ (0021) for the period (and the family member) in question. In the field (QWLWOHPHQW 6LFNQHVV &HUWLILFDWH 'DWD you should enter . In the field 6, 1XPEHU 6RFLDO ,QVXUDQFH 'DWD you should enter the social insurance number. When children are also covered by the insurance, the child number will also be taken from this infotype.
displays and overview screen and takes you from the single screen into the list screen. In accordance with the observation period, the system displays all the persons entitled to sickness certificates and for whom sickness certificates were requested in the particular quarter.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Every sickness certificate that is entered must also include the data stored in the subtype for the infotype $GGUHVVHV (0006). This must exist for the specified validity period as the data is printed on the sickness certificates. You cannot issue the same sickness certificate more than once in a quarter. Dentist certificates and requests for duplicates are exempt from this rule. To indicate these exceptions, enter an ; in the field Dp.
-XQH
6$3 $*
AHV Pension, disability, and surviving dependents insurance IV Invalidity insurance EO Military compensation fund for those serving in the army and the civil defence ALV Unemployment insurance UV compulsory accident insurance FAK Family equalization fund
6RFLDO LQVXUDQFH
The field $+9 REOLJDWLRQ controls the employees obligation to swiss social insurance. You can leave the field $+9 QXPEHU empty for juveniles or you can let the system fill in the entry by using the official tables. Enter for the last three positions if the check digit calculation is missing.
$FFLGHQW LQVXUDQFH
The field 1%8 VXSSOHPHQW LQVXUDQFH contains a key for controlling the non-industrial accident insurance that exceeds the SUVA (Swiss Accident Insurance Association) maximum. In the field 3HUVRQQHO VXEDUHD you define the SUVAs hazard classifications in Luzern and obligation with regard to the company and non-industrial accident insurance. This is used to calculated the premiums for the compulsory accident insurance and how this is apportioned to the employee or employer.
$GGLWLRQDO GDWD
The field 8QHPSOR\PHQW LQVXUDQFH IXQG contains a key that determines the settling insurance fund. The key in the field )DPLO\ HTXDOL]DWLRQ IXQG is used by payroll to determine the valid familyrelated bonus records and for the companys contribution accounting with the compensation fund. You must only make an entry in this field, if the fund responsible differs from the fund normally used by the company.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Maintenance of this infotype is a prerequisite for payroll accounting. If there is no social insurance data available for an employee, payroll acccounting cannot be run for that employee. The infotype 6RFLDO ,QVXUDQFH (0013) is connected to the infotype 6, $GGLWLRQDO ,QVXUDQFH (0079). In the infotype 6, $GGLWLRQDO ,QVXUDQFH (0079), you record data on additional insurances. Each time you make an entry in the infotype 6RFLDO ,QVXUDQFH (0013), the infotype 6, $GGLWLRQDO ,QVXUDQFH (0079) is automatically suggested for maintenance.
6, DWWULEXWHV
By entering SI attributes, the employee is described in insurance terms.
$GGLWLRQDO GDWD
By using the function $GGLWLRQDO GDWD the system displays a second entry screen. If an employee is exempt from paying insurance contributions for one or several insurance branches, or a different apportionment of insurance contributions is effective between the employer and employee or the employee is treated differently for social insurance due to a special rule, you must enter this information here. 3OHDVH VHH SI Additional Insurance (Infotype 0079) [Page 417]
-XQH
6$3 $*
6, SUHPLXPV 69SUHPLHV
This field group contains data on the statutory social insurance funds =:, :: and :$2. Whilst the actual premiums are calculated during the payroll run, the system is provided with further information on calculation methods as well as on contribution obligations. First, employees who have the same regulations covering social insurance contributions are assigned to a group in the 6, JURXS field, as a rule this is a %HGULMIVYHUHQLJLQJ. In the 6, GD\ field, you must specify whether the number of SI days should be calculated using averages or whether you should use the actual number of days. In the field 6, PHWKRGV you can also specify whether the premium is calculated periodically or cumulatively.
([WUD 6, ([WUD 69
In addition to the aforementioned statutory social insurances =:, :: and :$2 your company offers additional social benefits. In this infotype, you can enter up to five of such benefits per employee. There are, therefore, different premium obligation variants available at any one time.
The choice of company-specific social benefits depends on which ones have been set up in customizing.
Statutory health insurance: =LHNHQIRQGVZHW - =): Employees whose pay is below the legal assessment threshold on the cutoff date of 1 November of the current year have compulsory insurance according to the health insurance law.
-XQH
6$3 $*
The report RPLZFWN0 generates a list of all the employees who have reached this assessment threshold. You can start this report by selecting 6\VWHP 6HUYLFHV 5HSRUWLQJ In the field +, LQGLFDWRU (&RGH =LHNWHNRVWHQ), you define whether the contribution obligations rest solely with the employer or solely with the employee or whether both parties share the obligations, or whether the employee is exempt from paying the contributions. The payroll program then determines the size of the deduction for the employee based on this information. In the field +, FRPSDQ\ (9HU]HNHUDDU), you can store the name of the different health insurance funds.
Private individual health insurance Employees whose pay is above the legal assessment threshold on the cutoff date of November 1 of the current year can be insured privately with an insurance company of their choice. Even private health insurance is defined in the field +, LQGLFDWRU (&RGH =LHNWHNRVWHQ) using an appropriate indicator. The following fields contain additional information on this insurance type: &6FDOH (3UHPLHNODVVH) and/or 3ULY +, SUHPLXP =.9SUHPLH: You can determine the size of the contribution either by specifying a contribution class in the field &VFDOH (3UHPLHNODVVH) or by entering an amount in the field =.9 SUHPLXP =.9SUHPLH.
Unlike the field .9JURHS +, JURXS in the infotype )DPLO\5HODWHG 3HUVRQ (0021), the field +, JURXS =.9JURHS in the infotype 6RFLDO ,QVXUDQFH 1/ (0059) is not ready for input because the infotype 6RFLDO ,QVXUDQFH is not intended for dependent insurance data but solely for data concerning the employees themselves. You therefore do not need an additional specification for the person insured. &RQWULE +, (5 (%LMGUDJH =.9 :*): Depending on the size of the contribution and whether it was entered using a contribution class or as an amount, you can store the employers contribution for the employees private health insurance in these two fields. This means that you can either enter the relevant indicator in the field on the left, the amount will then be determined automatically by the system (field on the right), or you can enter the relevant indicator in the field on the left and then enter the desired amount manually in the field on the right. 'HGXFWQ +, (,QKRXGLQJ SUHPLH): In this field, enter the relevant indicator for the individual private health insurance. This indicates that the premium is not deducted by the employer but that the employee pays the insurance premium him/herself.
Private group insurance Employees whose pay is above the legal assessment threshold on the cutoff date of November 1 of the current year can be insured by the employer if an appropriate group insurance policy exists.
-XQH
+5 ,QIRW\SHV (QJOLVK 6RFLDO ,QVXUDQFH ,QIRW\SH The data is maintained in the fields under the heading Individual private health insurance.
6$3 $*
In this case you must specify, in the field 'HGXFWQ +, (,QKRXGLQJ SUHPLH), that the employee does not pay the insurance premium but that it is deducted by the employer and transferred to the insurance company.
1. The system automatically carries out an extensive check to make sure that the correct entry has been made in the relevant fields for the chosen insurance type. 2. Depending on the settings in customizing, the system automatically suggests default values for the field group 6, SUHPLXPV as well as for the field +, LQGLFDWRU (&RGH =LHNWHNRVWHQ). These default values depend on the company code, employee group and subgroup assignments specified for the employee in the infotype 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO $VVLJQPHQW (0001), and are defined using the feature NLSVD. 3. Please note that you must maintain the infotype 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO $VVLJQPHQW (0001) before maintaining the infotype 6RFLDO ,QVXUDQFH 1/ (0059). 4. You can make changes to the data stored in this infotype even during the payroll period. Only the most latest record is used in the payroll run. A split option is not provided.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Cotizaciones generales which include Contingencias comunes (EC) and Contingencias profesionales (AT y EP) with premiums for ILT and IMS, and Otras cotizaciones including provisions for the Fondo de Garanta Salarial, Formacin Profesional, unemployment, etc.
in accordance with the provisions stipulated by the 7HVRUHUtD *HQHUDO GH OD 6HJXULGDG 6RFLDO.
%DVLF GDWD
Using the assignment and administrative data you enter in these fields, the system will define the type of SI calculation for your employee. In the field Epigraphs (StJUDIH you can enter the number of the SI epigraph that corresponds to the activity carried out by the employee in your company. ,/7 and ,06 premiums are then paid according to the risk of accident or illness which the employee is exposed to, during the performance of his or her duties. Employees who have the same regulations covering social insurance contributions are assigned to a group in the fields Contr. group *U &RWL] and Prof. Cat. &DW 3URI The fields Cont. Type 7S &RQW and Red. Start ,QLF 5HG are used within a program of reductions and bonuses offered by the Spanish Social Insurance to ease unemployment. Both fields must be filled in together, as the system only recognizes the special contract type if the corresponding starting date for reduction or bonus calculation is entered too. The fields Workdays 'tDV WUDE and PT wrk.hrs. +UV 7UDE refer to part-time work contracts only. You need not make any entry here if the contract type of your employee is not a part-time contract. The last two fields in this field group are for information and need only be filled if the employee holds a private health insurance policy with a health insurance company that differs from the companys group insurance.
$GGLWLRQDO GDWD
In this field group, you can mark several exceptions to social insurance for an employee. The field Epigraph 114 (StJUDIH is used to specify a special case of ,/7 and ,06 calculation in connection with the epigraph 113 applicable to 3HUVRQDO GH RILFLQD.
-XQH
6$3 $*
For example, your employee is a manager who is normally exposed to a lower risk of accident or illness than a worker on a building site. A special situation arises when the manager has to supervise or work temporarily on a building site, where the risks are higher. According to the 7HVRUHUtD *HQHUDO GH OD 6HJXULGDG 6RFLDO, this situation should be handled by comparing the rate the manager pays for ,/7 and ,06 according to his own epigraph (113) against 30% of the total epigraphs (percentages) applicable to the workers the manager has at his charge on the building site. The highest resulting premium is taken. The system simplifies this calculation by using only one epigraph or percentage as a comparison factor against epigraph 113. This epigraph corresponds to the average rate resulting from the epigraphs of the workers the manager is in charge of on the building site and must be entered in the field Epigraphs (StJUDIH in the first field group.
-XQH
6$3 $*
6RFLDO LQVXUDQFH
In the infotype 6RFLDO ,QVXUDQFH (0064), you must maintain the fields 6, QXPEHU 6, NH\ and 6, FRQWUPRGHO for every employee. The value in the field 6, NH\ contains the check digit for the 6, QXPEHU The entry made in the field 6, QXPEHU is checked against data, such as *HQGHU <HDU DQG PRQWK RI ELUWK 'HSDUWPHQW RI ELUWK and &KHFN GLJLW already available in the system to see whether it is consistent. The system will determine a default value for the field 6, FRQWUPRGHO which can be overwritten if necessary. You can find additional information on defining the default value in the 3HUVRQQHO $GPLQLVWUDWLRQ implementation guide in the section 3D\UROO GDWD 6RFLDO LQVXUDQFH &RQWULEXWLRQ PRGHO.
$GGLWLRQDO IXQGV
In exceptional cases, you can maintain the fields )XQGV and &RQWULEXWLRQV When you set up your system you should make sure that all the possible social insurance contributions are covered by the contribution model.
Maintaining the infotype 6RFLDO ,QVXUDQFH (0064) is a prerequisite of payroll accounting. An employees social insurance contributions are calculated using the value contained in the field 6, FRQWUPRGHO
-XQH
6$3 $*
Type of company where you are employed Type of contract you have signed
The data of this infotype is used in the Belgian net payroll. The data should also be supplied to the interface if you use an external payroll. Infotype 6RFLDO ,QVXUDQFH (0100) and 7D[ (0101) are the only two infotypes necessary for the Belgian payroll calculations.
%DVLF GDWD
All mandatory Social Insurance data for SAP net payroll or an external payroll system can be stored here. Values for these fields are stored in specific tables and they can be proposed by the system depending on various criteria. The first five fields are typically IS values. These fields determine the amount which has to be paid to the Social Insurance. Because it is possible that one company has more than one employer category, the employer category is also stored on employee level. The following fields are fields about nationality. This is already stored in infotype %DVLF 'DWD (0002) but it can be different for the Social Insurance. Some of these data is Social Insurance specific. Also important for the Social Insurance is the kind of job the employee has. At the end we have fields to store the ID-numbers for the Social Insurance declaration.
-XQH
6$3 $*
6RFLDO ,QVXUDQFH 6$
The indicator fields for 8,), 0$ and 3) indicates the type of employee contribution to these funds. The H[HPSWLRQ UHDVRQ fields can contain a reason why the employee is not contributing to the relevant fund. The employees contribution to the 8,) is dependent on his/her salary being less than the threshold value defined for 8,). The threshold can be overridden by specifying the 8,) indicator as 0, the 8,) calculation is then performed in the payroll. The LQVXUDQFH FRPSDQ\ field indicates the company that issued the insurance scheme and the subsidiary is the specific scheme that the employee belongs to. The contribution amount defined in T5W1O can be overridden with the 7RWDO $PRXQW or 7RWDO 3HUFHQWDJH fields, these fields define the full contribution (employer and employee contributions). The maximum amount that the employer contributes can be defined in the (PSU 7KUHVK field. If the employers contribution is more than this value it will be decreased and the employees contribution will increase.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Maintaining this infotype is essential for payroll accounting. If there is no social insurance data for an employee, then this employee will not be accounted.
%DVLF GDWD
Here you enter the social insurance group, social insurance institute, social insurance number and contribution group. The date of birth is given as a default as part of the SI number based on the data stored in infotype 3HUVRQDO 'DWD (0002).
-XQH
6$3 $*
+HDOWK ,QVXUDQFH (PSOR\HHV 3HQVLRQ ,QVXUDQFH 3HQVLRQ )XQG ,QVXUDQFH (PSOR\PHQW ,QVXUDQFH $FFLGHQW ,QVXUDQFH
Infotype 6RFLDO ,QVXUDQFH %DVLF 'DWD ,QIRUPDWLRQ (0140) is used to represent the static information for employees basic information of Social Insurance. The deduction from the monthly payroll, and SYOYO is based on this infotype. The Employee selection report for Fast Entry Screen (RPLFSTJ1) is provided for this infotype.
This infotype will not function properly in the absence of instance of infotype 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO DVVLJQPHQW (0001) with a corresponding validity period. 3OHDVH VHH Social Insurance Premium Data Information (Infotype 0141) [Page 442] There are special functions embedded at the following cases:
-XQH
6$3 $*
Since Pension Fund Insurance is treated as a part of Employees Pension Insurance, the field 6, H[HPSWLRQ PRGLILHU is not displayed.
At a Employment Insurance record entry: The Employment Insurance that is a part of Labor insurance is not deducted from an employee. Therefore, 6, H[HPSWLRQ PRGLILHU is not displayed. At a Accident Insurance record entry: The Accident Insurance that is a part of Labor insurance is not deducted from an employee. Therefore, 6, H[HPSWLRQ PRGLILHU is not displayed. Since the field $FTXLUHG/RVW , ,' IRU 6, (QW, ,QVXUDQFH 1R are not necessary information, these fields are displayed, either.
The record for Infotype 6RFLDO ,QVXUDQFH %DVLF 'DWD LQIRUPDWLRQ (0140) should be created at following occasions:
At Hiring: When an employee is hired, Basic information of Social Insurance except for the Insurance No. must be maintained. At Social Insurance Qualification Acquired: When the notice of Insurance No. for employees who acquired the qualification is received, the Insurance No for Health Insurance and Employees Pension Insurance must be maintained.
At Change of employees status: When the change of employees status, record should be maintained with appropriate validity for the Social Insurance related legal reports. At Lost of qualification at age 65: When an employee become age 65, the record must be maintained since he/she loses the Social Insurance qualification. At Retirement: When an employee is retired, record must be maintained with appropriate validity for the Social Insurance related legal reports.
-XQH
6$3 $*
In the standard SAP system, the infotype 6RFLDO ,QVXUDQFH )XQGV 1/ (0063) is not integrated in payroll accounting. The data maintained here is only used for processing the application and editing purposes. Social insurance funds are set up to provide employees with financial support in medical and social emergencies in view of the special expenditure incurred. Participation in such funds is voluntary. These funds are financed by means of contribution payments made by participating employees. The infotype 6RFLDO ,QVXUDQFH )XQGV 1/ (0063) uses subtypes to distinguish between the different types of support. The standard SAP system contains the following subtypes:
-XQH
6$3 $*
Subtype 1: Subtype 2:
Infotype 6RFLDO ,QVXUDQFH 3UHPLXP 'DWD ,QIRUPDWLRQ (0141) is used to represent the static information for employees Premium information of Social Insurance. The SANTEI/GEPPEN process is based on this infotype.
This infotype will not function properly in the absence of instance of infotype 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO DVVLJQPHQW (0001) with a corresponding validity period. 3OHDVH VHH Social Insurance Basic Data Information (Infotype 0140) [Page 439] The record for Infotype 6RFLDO ,QVXUDQFH 3UHPLXP 'DWD LQIRUPDWLRQ (0141) should be created at following occasions:
At Hiring: When an employee is hired, Basic information of Social Insurance except for the Insurance No. must be maintained. At when change of information is necessary:
-XQH
6$3 $*
When the change of Premium data is necessary caused by the discrepancy of information is found, record should be maintained with appropriate validity for the Social Insurance related legal reports.
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
6HH DOVR Fiscal Data (Infotype 0060) [Page 313] To differentiate between the individual special provisions, use the relevant subtype of the 6SHFLDO 3URYLVLRQV 1/ infotype(0317). The standard SAP system contains the following subtypes:
Subtype 0001: Pension break (3HQVLRHQEUHXN) The target group for the special provision 3HQVLRHQEUHXN are retired employees who acquired their pension entitlement abroad and/or retired employees who live abroad and draw their pension abroad irrespective of where they acquired their pension entitlement. To avoid double taxation, the company can use only part of the pension payment to calculate 2YHUKHYHOLQJVWRHVODJ and /RRQKHIILQJ The special provision 3HQVLRHQEUHXN applies to both /RRQKHIILQJ and 2YHUKHYHOLQJVWRHVODJ.
Subtype 0002: Canada plan (&DQDGD UHJHOLQJ) Target group for the special provision &DQDGD UHJHOLQJ are retired employees who now live in Canada but worked for a Dutch company in Canada and had a retirement pension plan with a Dutch pension fund. The legislator can use this special provision to avoid double taxation of the pension payments. The special Canada provision affects how the /RRQKHIILQJ is determined. SI premiums are not affected.
Subtype 0003: Contract pay (9HUWUDDJG ORRQ) The special provision 9HUWUDDJG ORRQ covers cases in which an employee does not receive any payments for several payroll periods but instead receives a collective payment at a later date. Since this causes problems when retrospectively determining SI days and SI maxima, social insurance is not calculated. The special provision 9HUWUDDJG ORRQ can therefore only be used for retired employees. The special provision 9HUWUDDJG ORRQ is used to calculate the /RRQKHIILQJ and not the 2YHUKHYHOLQJVWRHVODJ and SI premiums. The latter are not calculated for collective payments 9HUWUDDJG ORRQ.
$PRXQW RU QXPEHU
Subtype 0001: Pension break (3HQVLRHQEUHXN) The percentage of the pension payments which is used to determine the /RRQKHIILQJ and 2YHUKHYHOLQJVWRHVODJ is stored in this data group. Subtype 0002: Canada plan &DQDGD UHJHOLQJ)
-XQH
6$3 $*
The system automatically uses the constant that is valid for all employees (currently 15%) as the percentage for this subtype. You do not have to make an entry in the 1XPEHU 8QLW field.
Subtype 0003: Contract pay (9HUWUDDJG ORRQ) Enter the number of payroll periods for which the collective payment 9HUWUDDJG ORRQ was made.
1. Enter the actual wage types that are relevant for the collective payment in the infotype $GGLWLRQDO 3D\PHQWV (0015). Which wage types are used for this payment type depend on what you have set up in customizing. 2. Use the personnel calculation schema NV00 for a payroll run which contains 9HUWUDDJG ORRQ calculations.
&RPPHQWV
You can enter a comment for each subtype record (special provision).
1. You can change the data in this infotype during the current payroll period. The payroll run uses only the subtype data which is valid on the last day of the payroll period. This data is used as a basis for the entire period. 2. If several of the above special provisions are used for one employee, they are taken into account in calculations in the following order: Contract pay (9HUWUDDJG ORRQ) Pension break (3HQVLRHQEUHXN) - Canada plan (&DQDGD UHJHOLQJ).
-XQH
6$3 $*
3ODQ GDWD
This section stores the name of the spending account and the employee contribution amount.
(PSOR\HH GDWD
The fields Area/Grp/status and Cost group are filled by information from the General benefits data infotype. The employee eligibility is denoted by the Eligibility group, which must match that of the plan.
3ODQ GDWHV
The Eligibility date is dependent on the plan. However an Eligibility override date is allowed. A Participation date for when the employee first participated in the plan is also stored here.
3ODQ DWWULEXWHV
The plan type, eligibility rule and eligibility group are stored here according to the plan in which the employee is enrolled. The employee must fulfill both of these latter to be eligible for the plan.
$FFRXQW VWDWXV
This includes the date of the last time the total was calculated and the total itself.
-XQH
6$3 $*
In the challenged list, an employees work center is not counted if the employees job is mainly of a charitable or religious nature. An entry in the infotype 6WDWLVWLFV (0033) should be made for this employee. The statistics supported by the standard SAP system are listed as exceptions and have been stored in the infotype 6WDWLVWLFV (0033) as possible entries. Subtypes are used to differentiate the statistical areas. The standard SAP system contains the following statistical areas:
You can set up additional statistical areas as subtypes in customizing. By means of the following procedure you can learn which exceptions are considered by which statistical area:
The statistics are divided into subjects under the different subtypes for the infotype 6WDWLVWLFV (0033): 6XEW\SH Subtype 1: OHJDO VWDWLVWLFV 6WDWLVWLFV 01 Cchallenged 02 Earnings 03 Mutual Indemnity Society 04 Work costs 05 Wage and Salary structure Subtyp 2: ORFDO VWDWLVWLFV 01 Union Chemical 02 Work value Metal 03 Union Metal If you only want to display the exceptions for challenged, call up subtype 1. The legal statistics shown in the above table will be displayed.
In the input field (exceptions) for challenged, you can display all the possible exceptions by means of the possible entry key.
-XQH
6$3 $*
The standard SAP system contains the following exceptions for challenged: .H\ ILJXUH 0001 0002 0003 0004 0005 0006 0007 0008 0009 0010 0011 'HVFULSWLRQ RI H[FHSWLRQ Employer Challenged in reha PT < 18 hours due to challenge Reorientation Change after practice Entitlement to post Post as work creation Charitable work Religious work Occupation <= 8 weeks not relevant for deductions
If an employee performs a job or has an attribute that corresponds to one of the exceptions displayed, enter the key figure for this exception in the field. The system now knows how the employee should be dealt with by the statistics report.
An employee mainly performs charitable work. According to the possible entries for challenge in the statistic infotype, you should take this job into account. Enter the predefined key figure 0008 in the exception field for challenge. By entering this exception, the employee will no longer be included in the challenged statistics.
-XQH
6$3 $*
planned actions exist for an applicant recurring tasks, such as Send mail, Print letter, are to be carried out as part of a planned action.
There is one record for this infotype for each applicant in the system. This record is normally created and maintained automatically by the system. The purpose of this infotype is to store data required for executing various reports (e.g. only reports related to recurring tasks).
-XQH
6$3 $*
6WRSSHG 3D\PHQW
If payment of a garnishment is to be stopped, you have to enter information into this screen. The &DVH 1XPEHU and the ,QWHUQDO 1XPEHU are fields for you information from the main *DUQLVKPHQW 'RFXPHQW infotype. The 6HTXHQFH 1XPEHU is the number of all adjustments. If you insert a new adjustment the system gives you a new number. You can not overwrite the 5HDVRQ RI $GMXVWPHQW field. If you wish to make a different kind of adjustment you must select that particular menu option. You must enter the date on which you make the adjustment in the 'DWH RI $GMXVWPHQW field. Every *DUQLVKPHQW 2UGHU 7\SH has a 6HTXHQFH 1XPEHU. You have to fill in the 6HTXHQFH 1XPEHU to the 2UGHU 7\SH to which you are referring in the 6HT1R *DUQ 2UGHUV field. This is very important. Possible entries are the valid sequence numbers of the order types in the infotype *DUQLVKPHQW 2UGHU. The 2UGHU 7\SH is displayed for your information. Remember, in this case, it is the order type which belongs to the 6HTXHQFH 1XPEHU. You must then enter the amount of the deduction from the payment you have stopped. The choices for entry into the $GMXVWPHQW :DJH 7\Se field are customized by your company. Examples could be the following:
A wage type that will correct the balance and give the amount to the employee. (e.g. standard wage type MG60, Exempt) A wage type that will correct the balance and a have a special garnishment order type receive the amount, then give any remaining money to the employee. (e.g. wage type MG60 with adjustment Additional Deduction, Exempt.) A wage type that will correct the balance, give the remaining money to other garnishments by order of priority, then give any remaining money to the employee. (e.g. wage type MG70, Nonexempt) Entering no wage type, which will only correct the balance.
-XQH
6$3 $*
7\SHV RI VXEVWLWXWLRQ
With the exception of the position substitution, all types of substitution constitute a change to the employees personal work schedule since the system overwrites the original work schedule when you enter a substitution. Therefore on any one day, the system can only take account of one substitution which leads to a change in the employees planned working time. By combining the position substitution with other substitution types, you can change the employees planned working time DQG payment. The combination time substitution/position substitution is an exception. The system does not overwrite the planned working time in this case, but assigns the employee a different payment for the period of substitution. In order to prevent errors, you can define collision checks when your system is customized. The following are the standard substitution types: 6XEVWLWXWLRQV EDVHG RQ D GDLO\ ZRUN VFKHGXOH
-XQH
6$3 $*
You use this function to record exceptions to your employees monthly work schedule which arise on a daily basis. It is recommended to use this substitution type instead of the substitution based on a work schedule rule if an employee is to be assigned a different work schedule for a short period of time only (e.g. one day). 6XEVWLWXWLRQV EDVHG RQ D ZRUN VFKHGXOH UXOH You can use this function to record an exception to the employees personal work schedule which is to last for several days. This is useful if you want to temporarily assign a different personnel subarea grouping, employee group, or public holiday calendar to an employee. 6XEVWLWXWLRQV EDVHG RQ DQRWKHU HPSOR\HHV ZRUN VFKHGXOH UXOH SHUVRQQHO QXPEHU VXEVWLWXWLRQ You can change your employees work schedule rule with this function. This is done by assigning him/her another employees personnel number and thus also the other employees work schedule rule. You can use this function if an employee is replacing an absent colleague over a fixed period, for example, or is to be assigned the same work schedule rule as another employee.
Authorizations assigned to the employee being substituted are not transferred to the employee performing the substitution in this infotype. 6XEVWLWXWLRQV EDVHG RQ DQ LQGLYLGXDOO\ GHILQHG GDLO\ ZRUN VFKHGXOH WLPH VXEVWLWXWLRQ You can enter any kind of exception to the employees planned working time with this function. This is done by specifying start and end times and breaks for each day of the substitution. This function is recommended if your substitution is not based on a specific daily work schedule or work schedule rule. 6XEVWLWXWLRQ EDVHG RQ D SRVLWLRQ You use this function to specify a different payment for an employee over a certain period of time, based on the specifications for a different position. This is done by assigning the employee the position with the relevant rate of payment. If you enter the position only, the planned working time does not change as the system does not overwrite the original planned working time of the employee performing the substitution. You can combine the substitution based on a position with all other types of substitution, enabling you to take advantage of other variations of the substitution. If you combine the position substitution with the time substitution, you determine only a different rate of payment for the period in question.
-XQH
6$3 $*
A workman in your company takes on a foremans tasks on January 1, 1997. He/she has a planned working time of 08.00 through 17.00. If you enter the combination of time substitution and position substitution from 08.00 through 12.00, he/she is paid a foremans wage for these four hours, and his/her regular wage from 12.00 through 17.00.
3D\PHQW GDWD
In addition to the substitution based on a position, there are two other methods of entering a different payment resulting from a substitution in the system: 1. 6XEVWLWXWLRQ W\SH The system enters the substitution type by default. You can overwrite this field with another substitution type. $GGLWLRQDO QRWHV The substitution type can be taken into account in personnel calculation schema ;7 for payroll accounting. Only reduced hours substitutions are queried and valuated in time evaluation. 2. 'LIIHUHQW SD\PHQW Use the menu path *RWR 'LIIHUHQW SD\PHQW to enter further information on a different payment for the substitution. You can: assign a premium define a new payment by assigning a pay scale control payment by entering a different position add or deduct a specific amount using the Extra pay indicator and the Valuation basis.
Exceptions are the personnel number substitution and the substitution based solely on position.
-XQH
6$3 $*
6XSHUDQQXDWLRQ *XDUDQWHH &RQWULEXWLRQ 6*& IXQG There can only ever be one valid fund of this type. It is not necessary to have one all the time. There is legislation pertaining to this type of fund which defines the PLQLPXP FRQWULEXWLRQ that must be made by the employer.
1RQ6*& IXQG There can be many funds of this type at the same type. If both SGC and non-SGC funds exist for the employee, then SGC amount is the top-up amount in order to satisfy the SGC legislation.
The fund code is the only mandatory field in the infotype. In order for a superannuation calculation to be performed for the employee this field must be filled. Membership number to the fund for the employee is kept on this infotype. The default percentage contribution for the fund is displayed and can be modified for individual employees. If the fund works on a fixed dollar amount rather than percentages, then this amount can be entered for the employee. It is not possible to have both the percentage and the amount of contribution. Superannuation -RLQHG 'DWH, 0HGLFDO &DWHJRU\ and the 5HDVRQ &RGH are optional fields that are kept for documentation purposes. If a 6XSHUDEOH 6DODU\ is required, this can be entered in the 6XSHU 3UG 6DODU\ field. Before the salary is entered, please check the box for this field. Then the percentage to be applied by the fund to calculate contributions is applied to this super period salary rather than employees ordinary time earnings. Employee's own contributions to the fund are catered for in fields (PS &RQWU $PRXQW and (PS &RQWU . Please use either one of these fields, but not both.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Subtype 2001: 6XSSOHPHQWDU\ EHQHILWV Subtype 7: %99 SHQVLRQ Subtype 8: ,QVXUDQFH IRU WKH SUHVV LQGXVWU\ Subtype 9: *HQHUDO DGGLWLRQDO LQVXUDQFH
For the subtypes %99 SHQVLRQ (7) and ,QVXUDQFH IRU WKH SUHVV LQGXVWU\ (8), you must also maintain the infotype 6, $GGLWLRQDO ,QVXUDQFH (0079).
-XQH
6$3 $*
&XUUHQW GHWDLOV
An employees tax code is used by payroll to calculate the appropriate deduction or refund from their pay. If you do not create a 7D[ ,QIRW\SH record for a new employee before the payroll is run, a default tax code (please see the Payroll Implementation Guide section $VVLJQ 3$<( UHIHUHQFH WR SD\UROO DUHD and Week1/month1 tax basis will be used to calculate the deduction to be made. Creating a 7D[ record after employees data has been included in payroll accounting will not trigger retrocalculation. When you create a 7D[ record for an employee, the cumulative tax basis appears as default, you should change it to week 1/month 1 if necessary. Tax refunds are withheld from employees who are on strike. When the employee either resumes work or leaves the company, the refund may be paid. You should ensure that you create a new tax record for these employees with this flag activated and valid for the period of industrial action.
It is important to create a new tax record for an employee whose tax code has changed or who is on strike. The validity begin date of this record must be the date from which the new code is valid, or the strike action commenced.
3UHYLRXV HPSOR\PHQW
Here you enter the figures from a new employees P45 or a P6 from the tax office. The calculation of the employees taxable pay and tax paid on their P45 in the last tax period will be checked as well as their tax code. If any of the information is inconsistent a warning message and the correct figures will be displayed. P45 data is only used by payroll calculation during the financial year in which the employee joins your company.
/HDYLQJ 'HWDLOV
When an employee leaves the company and you issue a P45, you should activate the indicator and may enter the date on which the form was issued. This will ensure that if a late payment is made to the employee, the payroll will use the basic rate to deduct tax. A new 7D[ record may be created automatically containing employees leaving details and any changes to their tax code or tax basis when their P45 is issued using the 6DPSOH 3 6OLS report (RPCP45G0).
-XQH
6$3 $*
Tax card (tax deduction card/secondary tax card) The information is used for calculation of the A-tax. Information note The information is used for printing out information slips at the turn of the year. Other tax information Used for special tax rules
According to the Danish PAYE system income tax (A-tax) must be deducted before payment of wages and other types of A-income. A-tax is calculated on the basis of the information on the employees tax card. If the employee doesnt have a tax card 60% must be deducted from the wage without the benefit of any tax allowance. Payment of tax Tax withheld in any month becomes due for payment on the 1st of next month and must be paid no later than on the 10th of that month (for December, however, the final day for payment is January 17th. The withholding time is equal to the pay day (disposal date).
If the pay is earned in February but the disposal date is in March then the tax is due April 10th. Cf. Kildeskatteloven (Act on PAYE) - Act no. 662 of 19.10.1989. A-tax must be paid through postal giro using the giro transfer form that the tax authorities send to the employer. Taxation of vacation allowance and SH (public holidays on weekdays) is calculated on the basis of the current tax card. In connection with tax allowances leave and SH-days must be converted to tax days. Tax days are calculated as: Number of leave days/SH-days x 7 / 6. (Cf. The Danish tax authorities guidelines on tax deduction pgrph. 8).
-XQH
6$3 $*
'DWD RQ FKLOGUHQ
Also the number of children is important to calculate your contribution. When you have to care for a disabled child, that child counts for two. Here you store the ID-number of the child allowance. This ID-number is necessary for your declaration in the month of March. We have two fields in this infotype to store data. This is necessary since we make a distinction between: children at charge/not at charge children with or without child allowance.
'DWD RQ VSRXVHSHUVRQ
In this box you should all data about your partner which is important for your tax calculation. If your partner is disables, you can store the percentage of disability. You can also fill in if the employee himself is disabled. Of course, this will also affect the tax payments.
-XQH
6$3 $*
There is a field to keep track of the partners professional category. There is also a field to store if a person is a widow.
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
If the employee does not have a tax infotype then they will be rejected within the payroll run.
7D[ 'HWDLOV
7D[ 6FDOH The 7D[ 6FDOH is a mandatory field, and is used to determine the level of tax that an employee is to pay. The standard SAP delivery system contains the following tax scales: 7D[ 6FDOH 0 1 2 3 4a 4b 5 6 7 8 9 'HVFULSWLRQ No Tax No Tax Free Exemption Tax Free Threshold Non-Residents No TaxFileNumber - Residents No TaxFileNumber - NonResidents FULL Medicare Levy Exemption Half Medicare Levy Exemption No Leave Loading Flat tax Percentage Flat Tax Amount
You can set up user defined tax scales if required. Please see IMG. +(&6 )ODJ
-XQH
6$3 $*
The +(&6 Flag is used to indicate whether the employee is paying the Higher Education Contribution Scheme tax. If this flag is checked then an extra percentage of tax will be taken according to the current tax rules. *URXS &HUWLILFDWH ,VVXHG The JURXS FHUWLILFDWH LVVXHG field will be updated automatically when a group certificate is issued for an employee, the last year of the financial year that the group certificate was run for, will be put into this field. You can manually update this field if a manual group certificate has been issued for the employee. An entry in this field for the current fiancial year will cause a group certificate not to be produced for the employee when group certificates are run for the current financial year.
-XQH
6$3 $*
SP SZ ZA ZB
You can set up user defined rebate keys and amounts if required. See IMG. 7D[ 5HEDWH $PW The actual annual amount of tax rebate that the employee will receive is held in this field. This amount can be determined by the rebate key that has been entered, or an annual amount can be directly keyed into this field. If the amount is directly keyed then there should be no value in the UHEDWH field. The amount that is in this field will be divided by the number of periods that the employee is paid per year, and the resulting amount will be subtracted from the amount of calculated tax each period.
-XQH
6$3 $*
7D[ ,'
You can enter the employees tax reference number here. This defaults to the companys Tax ID. However, if an employee has more than one income source, he/she can have more than one Tax ID. In this case, enter the appropriate Tax ID for the employee.
37.3 'HWDLOV
You can enter information regarding PTKP deductions for an employees spouse as well as other dependents.
To receive PTKP deduction for an employees spouse, you must select both the 0DUULHG IRU 7D[ SXUSRVHV and 6SRXVH %HQHILW checkboxes. Married female employee can only receive PTKP deduction for her spouse if she provides a certificate from the local (at least district) administration stating that her husband receives no income. Enter the certificate reference number in the 8QHPSOR\PHQW 5HI 1R field. To apply for PTKP deduction for the family members in the Family/Related Person Infotype [Page 298], for PTKP deduction, select the option 8VH )DPLO\ ,QIR from the 1XPEHU RI 'HSHQGHQWV list.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Maintenance of this infotype is a prerequisite for payroll accounting. If there is no tax data available for an employee, payroll accounting cannot be run for that employee.
7D[ FDUG
The fields under this heading contain the data that has been copied from the employees income tax certificate.
$GGLWLRQDO GDWD
The system suggests default values for several of these fields. You can overwrite these values if necessary.
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
7D[HV 6$
Infotype 7D[HV (0149) is used to represent static tax information. That is information which remains, with little exception, the same during a tax year. A change of tax information will result in a tax split which implies that multiple IRP5/IT3(a) (or equivalent) certificates will be issued at the end of the tax year. Additional or voluntary tax should be advised using a wage type with processing class 68(1) in infotype 5HFXUULQJ SD\PHQWV DQG GHGXFWLRQV (0014) or infotype $GGLWLRQDO SD\PHQWV (0015) as this information is subject to frequent changes. This infotype will not function properly in the absence of an instance of infotype 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO DVVLJQPHQW (0001) with a corresponding validity period. Table T5W2E defines possible entries for the 7D[ UHJLRQ code. The 7D[ RIILFH code depends on the specified tax region, while the 7D[ VWDWXV and (PSOR\PHQW LQGLFDWRU fields depend on both the 7D[ UHJLRQ and tax year. There is no validation check on the tax reference number. If a change is made to the DV DW field, the values in the fields below it are validated for that tax year. The age group indicator field is recalculated. The 6WDWXV 'LUHFWLYH" field indicates whether a Receiver of Revenue directive was received to specify the tax status of the employee. (this field was used before 1996 to indicate the MW Married Woman - status.) A Receiver of Revenue directive specifying an amount or percentage is advised in the 'LUHFWLYH 3HUFHQWDJH or 'LUHFWLYH $PRXQW fields. Note that only one of these fields may be filled in. Completing this field will result in the automatic update of the 'LUHFWLYH UHFHLYHG field. The $JH *URXS ,QGLFDWRU field does not accept input. This is determined by the employees age. There are two indicators with the following meanings: 5 7 employees less than 65 years, employees aged 65 and over.
Note that the age group indicator is recalculated during a payroll run. An employees age group will therefore be correctly evaluated even if a change occurred during the payroll period. A technical birth date (97) may be specified in infotype 'DWH VSHFLILFDWLRQV (0041) if a birth date other than that supplied in infotype 3HUVRQDO GDWD (0002) should be used to calculate the age group indicator.
-XQH
6$3 $*
In the framework of decentralized time recording, the time administrator records certain absences. When the system is set up, these absences are assigned test procedure P. The time administrator has a write authorization for the absences but does not have a write authorization for infotype 0130, subtype P. An inspector (who has a write authorization for infotype 0130, subtype P) can carry out the release for one (or several) person(s) up to 31.01., i.e. he/she enters the release date 31.01. in infotype 0130, subtype P. The absences for these persons cannot be changed by the time administrator if the validity begin is before 01.02.
-XQH
6$3 $*
An employee has a flextime credit of five hours. These should be transferred to the compensation time account. Three hours should be transferred from the employees absence quota to his/her flextime balance. An employees flextime balance should be reduced by five hours.
Which time balance revisions you can use are defined in the customizing system. You can select a time balance revision which defines whether the specified number of hours: 1. should be posted to a wage type.
If the flextime balance contains more than 5 hours, the excess hours should be remunerated. 2. should set a time type (e.g. the flextime balance) to a fixed value, i.e. the time balance of a time type is set to the specified number of hours. The balances formed in time evaluation are updated in the time types.
The flextime balance is set to a fixed value of ten hours. The employee should be remunerated for any excess hours. 3. should be posted to one or several time types, i.e. the time balance of a time type should be increased or reduced.
The accumulated compensation time is transferred to the flextime balance. The flextime balance is increased or reduced by the specified number of hours.
4. should be posted to an absence quota [Page 219]. The name of the time balance revision usually indicates the nature of the changes made.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Time balance revisions always refer to a validity day. If you specify a validity period, the system carries out a time balance revision on each day of the period.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Missing clock-in or out times are automatically supplemented in time evaluation. The system determines the missing times on the basis of the employees planned working times. Time events can only be recorded for employees that take part in time recording. This must be specified in infotype 0007, Planned working time [Page 390]. The employee must also be assigned an authorization for the required time event types in infotype 0050, Time recording info [Page 473]. Time event types can be clock-in/out times for regular attendances, off-site work, etc.
-XQH
6$3 $*
Before the time evaluation program can be run for a particular employee, you must specify the VWDWXV WLPH UHFRUGLQJ in infotype 0007, 3ODQQHG ZRUNLQJ WLPH. Otherwise the system cannot account the employees time data with the time evaluation program.
7LPH ,'
Here you can store time ID data for an employee. This data includes the version number which can be used to assign the employee the same ID number if he/she has lost the ID card.
,QWHUIDFH GDWD
Interface data comprises information required by the time recording terminals. You must enter the VXEV\VWHP JURXSLQJ for employees who clock in/out at a time recording terminal. This field specifies the time recording terminals to which an employees mini-master records are downloaded.
7LPH YDULDEOHV
Here you can set special indicators that can be queried in time evaluation. These indicators are user-definable and can be queried and processed in user-specific personnel calculation rules.
-XQH
6$3 $*
7UDYHO SULYLOHJHV
By using the following fields, you can map the internal rules for the employee. These rules will determine the accounting program, the per diem rate and the maximum rate which will be used to settle the employees travel expenses:
&DU UHJXODWLRQ 9HKLFOH FODVV 3HULRG SDUDPHWHU .LORPHWHU FXPXODWLRQ 5HIXQG FODVV 5HIXQG JURXS
By using the field ([SHQVH DFFRXQW DXWKRUL]DWLRQ you can assign the company-specific authorizations for the person making the trip. These authorizations determine which expense types can be settled by the person making the trip. The assignment of the trip data to statistics takes place via the field ,QWHUQDO DVVLJQPHQW.
&RVW DVVLJQPHQW
In this group box, a cost assignment different to the one entered in the infotpye 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO $VVLJQPHQW (0001) can take place.
-XQH
6$3 $*
It is very important to follow company and state policy when determining an employees unemployment state.
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
Accumulation of leave and SH. Is registered currently during every wage calculation. Payment/transfer, i.e. vacation payment transfer form or FerieKonto
-XQH
6$3 $*
1. Placement students, employees on temporary work relationships and external employees are exempt from providing data for the WBEAA. 2. The infotypes 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO $VVLJQPHQW (0001), 3HUVRQDO 'DWD (0002) and 3ODQQHG :RUNLQJ +RXUV (0007) also contain additional information that is essential for generating the annual report and/or complying with the WBEAA law. The infotype :%($$ (0177) only contains information that is specifically required by the WBEAA law and not stored anywhere else in the system. This data is flagged as highly confidential and access to this information is protected. 3. Evaluation of this data and the creation of the annual report can be started by choosing: Human UHVRXUFHV 3D\UROO 6XEVDFWLYLWLHV $QQXDO /LVWVVWDWLVWLFV $QQXDO UHSRUW :%($$ Alternatively, you can access the report RPLWBAN0, which you can start by choosing: 6\VWHP 6HUYLFHV 5HSRUWLQJ
-XQH
6$3 $*
3D\ VFDOH
The system will not propose the data for the fields 3D\ VFDOH W\SH 3D\ VFDOH DUHD and 3D\ VFDOH JURXS You can either make entries in all three fields or leave the fields empty and save them. The fields 3D\ VFDOH JURXS and 3D\ VFDOH OHYHO are used for indirect valuation. You can use the 2EMHFW ,' to give an employee several events of the same type in one period.
:DJH W\SHV
The :DJH W\SHV will be suggested as a default when you create a record. This will also occur if you overwrite the fields :DJH PDLQWHQDQFH NH\ 2EMHFW ,' or )URP and 7R You can, however, enter additional wage types in addition to the default wage type. Some of the wage types cannot be overwritten or deleted. Up to 20 wage types can be entered. The wage types are distributed among several pages. You can use the scroll functions to scroll through the lists. Wage type valuation can either take place directly by entering an $PRXQW or a 1XPEHU and a 8QLW or it can take place indirectly, this will be done by the system. Wage types to be indirectly valuated will be flagged accordingly with an , To perform indirect valuation, you must make sure that a record for the infotype 3ODQQHG :RUNLQJ 7LPH (0007) exists for the employee. If the indirect valuation is only valid up to a date that is before the validity end date of the record, the corresponding message will appear. In this case, you can reenter the date that specifies how long the indirect valuation should be carried out. The sum total of the wage type amounts is calculated by the system. All the wage types that are to be included in the sum total are flagged with an ; in field $
-XQH
6$3 $*
([HPSWLRQV
An employees certificate may contain numbers of exemptions as well as exemption amounts. These should be entered in the relevant sections. In addition, some state and local tax authorities allow employees additional exemptions from taxation. You should enter the amount indicated on the employees State Withholdings Certificate or local tax authority equivalent, in the $GGLWLRQDO DPRXQW field. If a limit on the number of exemptions an employee may claim has been set by the IRS or other authority, the indicator will be active. The tax exempt indicator should be active for employees who are exempt from withholding tax for a particular authority.
$GGLWLRQDO GDWD
An employee may also specify an additional amount to be withheld from their pay to go towards paying their federal, state and local taxes. You may assign an alternative formula to be used to calculate the withholding.
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
You can use the Overview function from the toolbar to access an overview of the chosen employees workers compensation history. 6HFRQG VFUHHQ You access the second screen to the Workers Compensation infotype by choosing the 9DULDEOH 'DWD function from the toolbar in the first screen. This screen stores such information as whether or not in-house care was used, and if so, when. Also, there is a field that stored any remarks or comments about the particular case.
To use this infotype most effectively, you must access it by using the Absence function on the toolbar of Infotype 0082, $GGLWLRQDO $EVHQFH 'DWD.
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
It is intended that the data from this infotype will go to payroll. This is not supported at present.
-XQH
6$3 $*
< ( $ ,QIRUPDWLRQ
Infotype <($ ,QIRUPDWLRQ (0146) records should be created or updated in the following situations:
During the Year End Adjustment period. Based on the following information provided by the employee, the related Y. E. A. record should be created or updated. 1. Insurance deduction declaration form 2. Declaration form for special deduction for spouse 3. Dependents deduction declaration form 4. Declaration form for special deductions (like for housing acquiring)
-XQH
6$3 $*
Subtype 0001: &RPPRQ LQV WKURXJK FRPSDQ\ Subtype 0002: 3HUVRQDO FRQWUDFW FRPPRQ LQV Subtype 0003: 3HUV SHQVLRQ WKURXJK FRPSDQ\ Subtype 0004: 3HUVRQDO FRQWUDFW SHQVLRQ Subtype 0005: ,QMXU\ LQV WKURXJK FRPSDQ\ Subtype 0006: 3HUV FRQWUDFW LQMXU\ LQVORQJ WHUP Subtype 0007: 3HUV FRQWUDFW LQMXU\ LQVVKRUW WHUP Subtype 0008: 2WKHU LQVXUDQFH
Infotype < ( 7 $ ,QIRUPDWLRQ (0162) is used as a connection to the link service and also to store the actual amounts of each type of insurance. The information stored in this infotype LV QRW used in the Year End Adjustment process. The Year End Adjustment process uses the information on infotype < ( $ ,QIRUPDWLRQ (0146). Defining data on this infotype allows the calculation of the amount of insurance to be deducted. This information is then used in the Insurance Deduction Form, during the Year End Adjustment period.
< ( 7 $ ,QIRUPDWLRQ
Stores basically the following insurance related fields: ,QV W\SH ,QVXUDQFH 1R 'LYLGHQG 1HW FXP SHU \HDU.
This infotype will not function properly in the absence of an instance of infotype 2UJDQL]DWLRQDO DVVLJQPHQW (0001) with a corresponding validity period. When defining this infotype, fields 2EMHFW ,' ,QV &RPS DQG ,QVXUDQFH 1R are cross checked against infotype /LIH DQG ,QMXU\ ,QVXUDQFH ,QIRUPDWLRQ (0143). In other words, it is not possible to create any data for infotype < ( 7 $ ,QIRUPDWLRQ if related data in not defined in infotype /LIH DQG ,QMXU\ ,QVXUDQFH ,QIRUPDWLRQ (0143) as well. 3OHDVH VHH Life and Injury Insurance Information (Infotype 0143) [Page 356] There are special considerations for the following subtypes:
-XQH
6$3 $*
Subtype 0004: 3HUVRQDO FRQWUDFW SHQVLRQ Subtype 0006: 3HUV FRQWUDFW LQMXU\ LQVORQJ WHUP Subtype 0007: 3HUV FRQWUDFW LQMXU\ LQVVKRUW WHUP Subtype 0008: 2WKHU LQVXUDQFH
1. The above subtypes represent individual (not group) types of insurance, and are not currently supported. 2. Only field 1HW FXP SHU \HDU is displayed for these subtypes. Infotype < ( 7 $ ,QIRUPDWLRQ (0162) records should be created or updated in the following situations:
Before Year End Adjustment Once a year (on October, in general), insurance companies issue a statement on the actual amounts of insurance paid. This information should be defined or updated for the related employees.
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
The 3ULFHV infotype is used in the following reports:
%XVLQHVV HYHQW SULFHV $WWHQGDQFH DQG VDOHV VWDWLVWLFV 0DLQWDLQ SULFHV LQIRW\SH
6WUXFWXUH
6SHFLI\LQJ SULFHV
You can specify both: an LQWHUQDO SULFH for internal cost allocation an H[WHUQDO SULFH for external billing
Depending on the settings you make in Customizing under 6HW XS FRQWURO SDUDPHWHUV IRU &RVW $FFRXQWLQJ, attendance bookings are processed either free of charge or using the prices stored for each business event type.
,QIRW\SH PDLQWHQDQFH
You maintain this infotype in Customizing under &UHDWH EXVLQHVV HYHQW W\SH, or in &XUUHQW VHWWLQJV on the Training and Event Management screen. When you create a business event or book attendance, you can either adopt the prices stored for the business event type, or you can overwrite the prices proposed. You can also use the report 0DLQWDLQ SULFHV LQIRW\SH to maintain the business event prices. By choosing %XVLQHVV HYHQWV3ULFH SURSRVDO, you can determine a price based on the business event costs and transfer this to the 3ULFHV infotype. 6HH DOVR Price Proposals [Ext.]
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
The $YDLODELOLW\ ,QGLFDWRUV infotype is used with the following functions:
During resource selection when you plan an event When you request these reports: 5HVRXUFHV QRW \HW DVVLJQHG SHU EXVLQHVV HYHQW 5HVRXUFHV QRW \HW DVVLJQHG SHU UHVRXUFH W\SH
6WUXFWXUH
5HVRXUFHV
You can classify the resource type as a URRP, LQVWUXFWRU, PDWHULDO or RWKHU UHVRXUFH. A distinction is made between these resource types due to the different characteristics they have. You can specify a minimum, optimum and maximum capacity for the resource type 5RRP. This value is then used when the number of attendees on a business event is calculated during the %RRNLQJ function. Refer to Capacity (Infotype 1024) [Page 492]. In the case of the resource type ,QVWUXFWRU the system proposes a special relationship to the business event type if you select $OWHUQDWLYH UHVRXUFH VHDUFK. In the case of the resource type 0DWHULDO, the system proposes a special relationship to the business event type if you select $OWHUQDWLYH UHVRXUFH VHDUFK.
You can flag resource types as ORFDWLRQGHSHQGHQW. If you use ORFDWLRQV in your 7UDLQLQJ DQG (YHQW 0DQDJHPHQW system, the system checks to ensure that a resource is available at the location in question when you plan a business event.
You can specify whether or not you want to use locations in Customizing in the step 6HW XS FRQWURO SDUDPHWHUV IRU SODQQLQJ.
You can flag a resource type as UHTXLUHG. When you plan a business event date, you must reserve a resource if it is flagged as UHTXLUHG. You can specify whether a resource type that is flagged as UHTXLUHG can be reserved once only (VLQJOH UHVHUYDWLRQ) or several times (PXOWLSOH UHVHUYDWLRQ).
-XQH
6$3 $*
You can use the UHVRXUFH SULRULW\ function to define the sequence in which resources are allocated when a business event date is planned.
$PRXQW DYDLODEOH You can specify per resource type the number of resources that should be available SHU EXVLQHVV HYHQW and SHU DWWHQGHH. The required number of resources is derived from the information stored here when a business event is planned. $OWHUQDWLYH UHVRXUFH VHDUFK You use the $OWHUQDWLYH UHVRXUFH VHDUFK option to maintain the instance object type and also the special relationship that should exist between the resource type instructor or material and the business event type.
,QIRW\SH PDLQWHQDQFH
You maintain this infotype in Customizing under &UHDWH UHVRXUFH W\SH, or in &XUUHQW VHWWLQJV on the Training and Event Management screen.
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
The &DSDFLW\ infotype is used:
During resource selection to determine the optimum number of attendees when planning a business event. During resource selection to determine the room capacity when planning a business event. During attendance booking to monitor the allowed number of essential and normal bookings.
&DSDFLW\ VSHFLILFDWLRQV
The following rules are applied for calculating capacity:
Minimum capacity of a business event is the higher of the minimum capacities defined for the resources involved and for the business event. Optimum capacity of a business event is the lower of the optimum capacities defined for the resources involved and for the business event. Maximum capacity of a business event is the lower of the maximum capacities defined for the resources involved and for the business event.
If a resource does not have a &DSDFLW\ infotype record, the &DSDFLW\ values stored for the resource type are taken. If a business event does not have a &DSDFLW\ infotype record, the &DSDFLW\ values stored for the business event type are taken. In the absence of any capacity specifications, the standard value defined in Customizing applies.
If you enter an optimum value only, the system automatically sets the maximum capacity to the same value as that of the optimum capacity. The minimum capacity is set to zero. If the value you enter as the minimum capacity exceeds the value specified for the optimum capacity, the system automatically reduces the minimum capacity to the value of the optimum capacity.
-XQH
6$3 $*
If the value you enter as the maximum capacity is less than the value specified for the optimum capacity, the system automatically increases the maximum capacity to the value of the optimum capacity.
,QIRW\SH PDLQWHQDQFH
You maintain this infotype in Customizing under &UHDWH UHVRXUFH W\SH, or in &XUUHQW VHWWLQJV on the Training and Event Management screen. This value is proposed as the default value when you create the resource 5RRP in the step &UHDWH URRP. You can overwrite it. You can maintain this infotype in Customizing under &UHDWH EXVLQHVV HYHQW W\SH, or in &XUUHQW VHWWLQJV on the Training and Event Management screen if you want to specify the number of attendees. This capacity is proposed as the default value when you plan or create a business event. You can overwrite it.
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
The %XVLQHVV (YHQW ,QIR infotype is used:
To determine the language in which a business event will be held To establish whether the business event in question is internal or external To determine whether a business event is locked or deleted when you book attendance, since bookings are not allowed for a business event that has been locked or deleted.
6WUXFWXUH
The %XVLQHVV (YHQW ,QIR infotype comprises the following information: ,QWHUQDOH[WHUQDO IODJ This indicator shows whether the business event in question is being conducted internally by the company itself or by an external third-party organizer. 6HVVLRQ IODJ The function that requires this indicator is not yet available. %XVLQHVV HYHQW ODQJXDJH The business event language specifies the language in which a business event is to be held. You can always change the language you specify here at a later stage. /RFN IODJ When you lock a business event because you do not want to allow any further attendance bookings for the time being, a lock indicator is automatically written in the infotype. 'HOHWLRQ IODJ When you cancel a business event, a deletion flag is automatically written in the infotype.
,QIRW\SH PDLQWHQDQFH
This infotype is maintained automatically when you:
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
The 6LWH'HSHQGHQW ,QIR infotype is used:
To take non-working days into account when planning and creating business events. To perform internal cost allocation and external billing in the appropriate currency when processing attendance fees.
6WUXFWXUH
The 6LWH'HSHQGHQW ,QIR infotype comprises the following information: &DOHQGDU ,' You specify here the factory calendar that should be used when planning a business event for a particular location. This factory calendar is then used to determine what days are not workdays at the location in question.
You must first define the factory calendar in Customizing for Global Settings under 0DLQWDLQ FDOHQGDU. /DQJXDJH You specify here the language in which business events are normally held at this location.
,QIRW\SH PDLQWHQDQFH
You maintain this infotype in Customizing under &UHDWH ORFDWLRQ or in &XUUHQW VHWWLQJV on the Training and Event Management screen.
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
The $GGUHVV infotype is used in Correspondence for notifications such as confirmations of registration, confirmations of attendance and so on. By using a variable in Correspondence you can specify whether the main address or temporary address should be output.
6WUXFWXUH
You can enter the following location-specific information for a building:
You can also enter the following address information: $GGUHVV VXSSOHPHQW +RXVH QXPEHU, VWUHHW 3RVWDO =,3 FRGH, FLW\ &RXQWU\ NH\ 5HJLRQ 'LVWDQFH LQ NLORPHWHUV
Since this infotype is divided into subtypes, you can specify different addresses. The following subtypes have already been set up in the SAP R/3 Standard System: Subtype blank: Subtype 0001 0DLQ DGGUHVV 7HPSRUDU\ DGGUHVV
,QIRW\SH PDLQWHQDQFH
You maintain this infotype in Customizing or in &XUUHQW VHWWLQJV by choosing:
-XQH
6$3 $*
Before you can maintain building addresses with location information for rooms, you must first work your way through the step 6HW XS EXLOGLQJ DGGUHVVHV in Customizing for 7UDLQLQJ DQG (YHQW 0DQDJHPHQW.
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
The %XVLQHVV (YHQW 7\SH ,QIR infotype is used in the following reports and functions:
In the EXVLQHVV HYHQW EURFKXUH report, you can compile a list of business events whose business event types have been flagged for inclusion. The FRQYHQWLRQ flag is used when you book attendance, plan and create business events. For appraisal types for business events and attendees.
6WUXFWXUH
The %XVLQHVV (YHQW 7\SH ,QIR infotype includes the following information:
You can specify that a business event type should be included in the business event brochure by selecting the ,QFOXVLRQ LQ EXVLQHVV HYHQW EURFKXUH indicator You can specify that a business event type is a convention by selecting the &RQYHQWLRQ indicator. A multi-session business event or convention consists of one main event and several sessions running parallel.
,QIRW\SH PDLQWHQDQFH
You maintain this infotype in Customizing under &UHDWH EXVLQHVV HYHQW W\SH or in &XUUHQW VHWWLQJV on the Training and Event Management screen.
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
The Procedure infotype is used for checking purposes with all booking and prebooking functions. This infotype is also used after a business event has been attended so that the appropriate follow-up processing can be carried out.
6WUXFWXUH
You define the procedure for the following checks:
For bookings on business events of the same type For prebookings on the same business event type For attendance prerequisites (business events previously attended) For qualifications that are required for attendance of a business event
The system can execute the following actions once attendance has been completed: Transfer the business event objectives to the attendee in the form of qualifications Delete the relationship between the business event and the attendee Create a relationship between the attendee and the business event type for the purpose of checking the attendees attendance prerequisites for future bookings.
,QIRW\SH PDLQWHQDQFH
You maintain this infotype in Customizing under &UHDWH EXVLQHVV HYHQW W\SH or in &XUUHQW VHWWLQJV on the Training and Event Management screen.
-XQH
6$3 $*
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
Information on the name format is used in particular in the Correspondence component of 7UDLQLQJ DQG (YHQW 0DQDJHPHQW.
6WUXFWXUH
Name components are required so that a persons name can be formatted. The following name components exist:
DFDGHPLF WLWOH (for example: Dr., Prof.) IRUP RI DGGUHVV (for example: Mr., Mrs., Ms) VXUQDPH SUHIL[ (for example: Von, van der, de la) QDPH DIIL[ (for example: Lord, Lady)
Besides the name components, you can also specify a persons language and nationality. This allows you to format an attendees name (even an external attendee on an internal business event) in the way that is usual for this persons country, and to send out notifications in the attendees language. The name components that are used in Correspondence to format a name depend on the nationality specified. Correspondence is conducted in the language specified.
,QIRW\SH PDLQWHQDQFH
You maintain this infotype in Customizing or under &XUUHQW VHWWLQJV by choosing &UHDWH H[WHUQDO LQVWUXFWRU, or from the main Training and Event Management menu by choosing 7RROV $WWHQGHH &UHDWH ([WHUQDO SHUVRQ.
You can set up the required format (per nationality) in Customizing by choosing 'HILQH QDPH IRUPDW.
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
The schedule determines the attendance times (timetable) for each attendee (integration with Time Management). The data in the infotype is used to display a business event schedule. The schedule also determines the resource reservation for a business event.
6WUXFWXUH
The schedule contains the following information:
Day number Date Start and end time Flag indicating days off Duration in days Duration in hours Flag indicating a generalized schedule
A JHQHUDOL]HG VFKHGXOH exists if you created the corresponding schedule model ZLWKRXW D SDWWHUQ In a generalized schedule, each of the days between the start date and end date of the business event (business event date) has a start time of 00.01 hours and an end time of 23:59 hours.
,QIRW\SH PDLQWHQDQFH
When you create or plan a business event, you can create a schedule either by copying the schedule model of the corresponding business event type or by defining a specific schedule for the business event.
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
The data in the &RVWV infotype is used to record and manage the costs that arise in 7UDLQLQJ DQG (YHQW 0DQDJHPHQW. A price proposal can be made for a business event based on the total costs, and this price can be transferred to cost accounting.
6WUXFWXUH
If you wish, you can subdivide the costs into subtypes. The following subtype has been set up in the standard system: Subtype 0001: 1RUPDO FDVH You can use the FRVW HOHPHQWV that you defined in Customizing in the VWHS 'HILQH FRVW HOHPHQWV. You can define your own values by selecting 'LU. (direct input). In this case, you enter an DPRXQW and a FXUUHQF\. You can define a cost element per business event (BE) or per attendee (At).
You can also have a cost element based on a time unit (TUnit) instead.
,QIRW\SH PDLQWHQDQFH
You maintain this infotype in Customizing or under &XUUHQW VHWWLQJV on the Training and Event Management screen in the following steps:
And also in the following functions: planning a business event creating a business event changing a business event
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
The %LOOLQJ$OORFDWLRQ ,QIR infotype is used to perform billing and cost allocation for attendance fees:
In billing, the sales area for the conditions for each customer is used. In internal cost allocation, the activity type for the service rendered (for example, training course) is used.
6WUXFWXUH
You can store the following information for the billing and cost allocation of business event fees in this infotype:
6DOHV DUHD: The VDOHV DUHD consists of a VDOHV RUJDQL]DWLRQ (organizational unit that is responsible for the sale of particular products or services), a GLVWULEXWLRQ FKDQQHO (channel via which goods or services reach customers) and a GLYLVLRQ (grouping together of materials, products and services). $FWLYLW\ W\SH: The activity type is used to divide up the services (activities) rendered in a cost center according to cost accounting criteria.
,QIRW\SH PDLQWHQDQFH
You maintain this infotype in Customizing under &UHDWH EXVLQHVV HYHQW W\SH and &UHDWH RUJDQL]DWLRQDO XQLW or in &XUUHQW VHWWLQJV on the Training and Event Management screen.
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
The %XVLQHVV HYHQW EORFNV infotype is used for multi-session events of the type &RQYHQWLRQ. The information stored here serves to identify the individual tracks and sessions of a convention.
6WUXFWXUH
The %XVLQHVV HYHQW EORFNV infotype includes the following information:
Block IDs, that is, the session names Block texts, that is, the description of a session
,QIRW\SH PDLQWHQDQFH
The infotype is maintained automatically when you create a convention.
-XQH
6$3 $*
8VH
The data in the 6FKHGXOH 0RGHO infotype is used:
To display the business event duration in the business event brochure To display the schedule model in the business event menu As a copy template for the schedule when you plan or create a business event.
6WUXFWXUH
You can define a schedule model in various ways:
You can create a VFKHGXOH PRGHO ZLWK SDWWHUQ. To do this, you must already have completed the step 'HILQH WLPH VFKHGXOH in Customizing. A schedule pattern consists of a GD\ QXPEHU, a WLPH EORFN ,', the VWDUW and HQG WLPH and the GXUDWLRQ LQ KRXUV (per day). The system automatically calculates the GXUDWLRQ LQ GD\V and the total GXUDWLRQ LQ KRXUV. You can create a VFKHGXOH PRGHO ZLWKRXW D SDWWHUQ In this case, you must enter the (total) GXUDWLRQ LQ GD\V and the (total) GXUDWLRQ LQ KRXUV yourself.
When you plan or create a business event, a JHQHUDOL]HG VFKHGXOH is generated from a schedule model created ZLWKRXW D SDWWHUQ.
You can create a XVHUGHILQHG VFKHGXOH PRGHO. In this case, you enter the day number and select a time block. You can specify whether the business event should consist of RQH GDWH or VHYHUDO GDWHV. You can select a VWDUW GD\, that is a particular day of the week as the start day. Otherwise, the start day is XQGHILQHG.
You can use subtypes to divide the schedule model into different schedule models. This might be useful if, for example, a business event that lasts 2.5 days is to take place from Monday to Wednesday in one case and from Wednesday to Friday in another case. The following subtypes have already been set up in the standard system: Subtype 0001: PDLQ VFKHGXOH PRGHO Subtype 0002: DOWHUQDWLYH VFKHGXOH PRGHO Subtype 0003: WHPSRUDU\ VFKHGXOH PRGHO In Customizing, you can set up further schedule models as subtypes.
-XQH
6$3 $*
,QIRW\SH PDLQWHQDQFH
You maintain this infotype in Customizing under &UHDWH EXVLQHVV HYHQW W\SH, or in &XUUHQW VHWWLQJV on the Training and Event Management screen.
-XQH